Undergraduate Notes in Mathematics

Arkansas Tech University

Department of Mathematics

College Algebra for STEM

Marcel B. Finan
c
All
Rights Reserved
2015 Edition

To my children
Amin & Nadia

Preface
From many years of teaching students pursuing education in the sciences, I
have noticed that there are specific topics in introductory algebra that students keep encountering while taking upper level classes in mathematics. As
a result, I decided to write this manuscript to include all these commonly
encountered topics so that to enhance students knowledge for these topics.
This book is designed specifically as a College Algebra course for prospective
STEM students.
A solution guide to the book is available to instructors by request. Email:
[email protected]
Marcel B. Finan, Ph.D.
May 2015

ii

PREFACE

Contents
Preface

1 Review of Beginning/Intermediate Algebra

1.1 A Brief Introduction to Sets . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Arithmetic in Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Simplifying and Factoring Algebraic Expressions
1.4 Solving Algebraic Equations . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Solving Algebraic Inequalities . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 Solving Linear Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 Geometry in the Cartesian System . . . . . . .
1.8 Introduction to Complex Numbers . . . . . . .
2 Functions and Related Topics
2.1 Functions and Function Notation .
2.2 The Algebra of Functions . . . . .
2.3 Transformations of Functions . . .
2.4 One-to-one and Inverse Functions .
2.5 Piecewise Defined Functions . . . .
2.6 Sequences and Summation Notation
2.7 Average Rate of Change . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

3 Polynomial Functions
3.1 Linear Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Geometric Properties of Linear Functions
3.3 Quadratic Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 Polynomial Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 Division of Polynomials . . . . . . . . . .
1

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

3
4
12
24
33
45
54
66
77

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

85
86
99
111
130
142
154
163

.
.
.
.
.

175
. 176
. 187
. 196
. 207
. 218

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

CONTENTS

4 Rational Functions
227
4.1 Graphs and Asymptotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
4.2 Partial Fractions Decomposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
5 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
245
5.1 Exponential Functions and their Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
5.2 Logarithmic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
5.3 Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations . . . . . . . . 270
Answer Key

277

Index

361

Chapter 1
Review of
Beginning/Intermediate
Algebra
This chapter is devoted for a review of some basic high-school level algebra
that deemed necessary for the remaining of this book.

4CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

1.1

A Brief Introduction to Sets

A set is simply a well-defined collection of elements. The elements of a set

can be anything such as numbers, letters, points in the plane, and even sets
themselves. We usually denote sets by upper-case letters and elements by
lower-case letters. When an element x belongs to a set A, we write x A.
Otherwise, we shall write x 6 A. A set with no elements is called the empty
set and is denoted by .
A set can be described by listing all its elements. In this case, we say that
the set is given in tabular form. Conventionally, the elements of a set in
tabular form are not repeated. For example, if A is the set of the English
alphabet vowels then
A = {a, e, i, o, u}.
Examples of sets of numbers that will be used in this book are:
N = {1, 2, 3, }(Natural numbers or counting numbers)
W = {0, 1, 2, }(Whole numbers)
Z = { , 2, 1, 0, 1, 2, }(Integers).
Example 1.1.1
Write the following sets in tabular form:
(a) A is the set of odd positive integers less than 15.
(b) B is the set of even integers between 10 and 10 inclusive.
(c) C is the set of integers satisfying the equation x2 3 = 0.
Solution.
(a) A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13}.
(b) B = {10, 8, 6, 4, 2, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10}.
(c) C =
Another way to represent a set is by describing a property characterizing
the elements of the set. We refer to such representation as the set-builder
form. For example, the set of rational numbers is the set
a
Q = { : a, b Z with b 6= 0}.
b
The colon symbol : means such that.

1.1. A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO SETS

Example 1.1.2
Write the following sets in set-builder form:
(a) A is the set of integer solution to the equation x2 4 = 0.
(b) B = {a, e, i, o, u}.
(c) C is the set of negative integers.
Solution.
(a) A = {x Z : x2 4 = 0}.
(b) B = {x : x is a vowel}.
(c) C = {x Z : x < 0}
Example 1.1.3
Any repeating decimal is a rational number. Show that the number x =
5.13 = 5.1313 is a rational number.
Solution.
The repeating part is 13, a two-digit number so we multiply x by 100 to
obtain 100x = 513.13. Thus, 100x x = 513 5 = 508. That is, 99x = 508.
Solving for x, we find x = 508
Q
99
A number that can not be represented as the ratio of two integers or can
not be represented as repeating or terminating decimal is called an irrational number. The collection of all irrational
numbers will be denoted by

I. Examples of irrational numbers are 2, 3, ,etc.
Subsets
We say that a set A is a subset of a set B if every element of A is also an
element of B. We write, A B. A Venn diagram representing A B is
shown in Figure 1.1.1.

Figure 1.1.1
Note that since every element of a set A is in A, we can write A A. In the
notation A B, the set B is called a superset. In case every element of a

6CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

set A belongs to a set B but there is an element in B not in A we use the
notation A B and we say that A is a proper subset of B.
Example 1.1.4
Using the symbol , complete the following:
(a) N Z (b) Z Q (c) N W (d) W Z.
Solution.
(a) N Z (b) Z Q (c) N W (d) W Z
Union of Sets
The union of two sets A and B, denoted by A B, is the set consisting of
elements in A or in B or in both A and B. In set-builder notation, we have
A B = {x : x A or x B}.
A pictorial representation of A B is shown in Figure 1.1.2.

Figure 1.1.2
For example, the set of real numbers R is the union of the set of rational
numbers Q and the set of irrationl numbers I. That is, R = Q I.
Example 1.1.5
Find the union of the following sets:
(a) A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {2, 3, 4}.
(b) A = N, B = {0}, and C = { , 2, 1, 0}.
(c) A = {a, b, c} and B = .
Solution.
(a) A B = {1, 2, 3, 4}.
(b) A B C = Z.
(c) A B = A

1.1. A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO SETS

Intersection of Sets
The intersection of two sets A and B, denoted by AB, is the set consisting
of elements common to both A and B. A Venn diagram representing A B
is shown in Figure 1.1.3.

Figure 1.1.3
When A B = we say that A and B are disjoint.
Example 1.1.6
Find the intersection of the following sets:
(a) A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {2, 3, 4}.
(b) A = N and B = W.
(c) A = {a, b, c} and B = {d}.
Solution.
(a) A B = {2, 3}.
(b) A B = N.
(c) A B =

8CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercises
Exercise 1.1.1
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 with only two divisors:
1 and the number itself. Let A be the set consisting of the first ten prime
numbers. Write A in tabular form.
Exercise 1.1.2
Let P be the collection of all prime numbers. Let A be the set of prime
numbers between 1 and 12. Write A in tabular form.
Exercise 1.1.3
Let A = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11}. Write A in set-builder notation.
Exercise 1.1.4
A composite number is a positive integer greater than 1 that is not prime.
Let A be the set of the first six composite numbers. Write A in tabular form.
Exercise 1.1.5
Consider the set
A = {n N : 5n < 30}.
Write A in tabular form.
Exercise 1.1.6
Write the set A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} in builder-set notation.
Exercise 1.1.7
Determine whether the following two sets have the same elements:
A ={x Z : 0 < x < 5}
B ={x W : x2 < 25}.
Exercise 1.1.8
Write the set A = {n N : 10 < n2 < 100} in tabular form.
Exercise 1.1.9
Write the set A = {x P : x2 16 = 0} in tabular form.
Exercise 1.1.10
Write the set A = {0, 2, 4, 6, } in set-builder notation.

1.1. A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO SETS

Exercise 1.1.11
Convert the number x = 0.0183 into a fraction.
Exercise 1.1.12
Convert the number x = 0.142857 into a fraction.
Exercise 1.1.13
Convert the number x = 4.123 into a fraction.
Exercise 1.1.14
Convert the number x = 2.8731 into a fraction.
Exercise 1.1.15
Convert the number x = 2.138 into a fraction.
Exercise 1.1.16
Suppose that A = {2, 4, 6}, B = {2, 6}, and C = {4, 6}. Determine which of
these sets are subsets of which other(s) of these sets.
Exercise 1.1.17
Order the sets of numbers: W, Z, R, Q, N using .
Exercise 1.1.18
Let A = {c, d, f, g}, B = {f, j}, and C = {d, g}. Answer each of the following
questions. Give reasons for your answers.
(a) Is B A?
(b) Is C A?
(c) Is C C?
Exercise 1.1.19
Find all possible non-empty subsets of A = {a, b, c}.
Exercise 1.1.20
Subway prepared 60 4-inch sandwiches for a birthday party. Among these
sandwiches, 45 of them had tomatoes, 30 had both tomatoes and onions,
and 5 had neither tomatoes nor onions. Using a Venn diagram, how many
sandwiches did it make with
(a) tomatoes or onions?
(b) onions?
(c) onions but not tomatoes?

10CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.1.21
A camp of international students has 110 students. Among these students,
75
52
50
33
30
22
13

speak
speak
speak
speak
speak
speak
speak

English,
Spanish,
French,
English and Spanish,
English and French,
Spanish and French,
all three languages.

How many students speak

(a) English and Spanish, but not French,
(b) neither English, Spanish, nor French,
(c) French, but neither English nor Spanish,
(d) English, but not Spanish,
(e) only one of the three languages,
(f) exactly two of the three languages.
Exercise 1.1.22
The relative complement of A with respect to B is the set of members of
A that are not in B. It is denoted by A B. Suppose A = {x R : x 0}
and B = {x R : x < 1 or x > 1}. Find A B.
Exercise 1.1.23
Let A be the set of the first five composite numbers and B be the set of
positive integers less than or equal to 8. Find A B and B A.
Exercise 1.1.24
Let A be the set of natural numbers less than 0 and B = {1, 3, 7}. Find AB
and A B.
Exercise 1.1.25
Let
A ={x N : 4 x 8}
B ={x N : x even and x 10}.
Find A B and A B.

1.1. A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO SETS

11

Exercise 1.1.26
Let A = {b, c, d, f, g} and B = {a, b, c}. Find each of the following:
(a) A B.
(b) A B.
(c) A B.
(d) B A.
Exercise 1.1.27
Let A = {1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 10} and B = {3, 4, 5, 10, 11}. Find (A B) (B A).
Exercise 1.1.28
Let A = {1, 3, 8, 9}, B = {2, 3, 4, 8}, and C = {1, 3, 4}. Find (A B) C.
Exercise 1.1.29
Let A = {1, 3, 8, 9}, B = {2, 3, 4, 8}, and C = {1, 3, 4}. Find A (B C).
Exercise 1.1.30
Relate R, Q, and I using relative complement.

12CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

1.2

Arithmetic in Q

The set of rational numbers, denoted by Q is the set

a
Q = { : a, b Z, b 6= 0}.
b
That is, the set of rational numbers consists of all ratios (and thus the word
rational) with their opposites. In the notation ab we call a the numerator
and b the denominator.
Note that every integer is a rational number for if a is an integer then we can
write a = a1 . Thus, Z Q. Also, recall from Section 1.1 that any repeating
decimal is a rational number.
A number that is not a repeating decimal or cannot be written as a ration
of two integers is called an irrational number. The set
of all irrational
numbers is denoted by I. Examples of rational numbers are 2, , etc.
Example 1.2.1
Draw a Venn diagram to show the relationship between counting numbers,
whole numbers, integers, and rational numbers.
Solution.
The relationship is shown in Figure 1.2.1

Figure 1.2.1
Equality of Rational Numbers
Let ab and dc be any two rational numbers. Then ab = dc if and only if ad = bc
(Cross-multiplication). Equalities such as ab = dc are called proportions.

1.2. ARITHMETIC IN Q

13

Example 1.2.2
Determine if the following pairs are equal.
3
(a) 12
and 36
.
144
51
21
(b) 86 and 215 .
Solution.
3
(a) Since 3(144) = (12)(36), we have 12
= 36
.
144
21
51
(b) Since (21)(215) 6= (86)(51), we have 86 6= 215
The Fundamental Principle of Fractions
Let ab be any rational number and n be a non-zero integer then
a
an
an
=
=
.
b
bn
bn
As an important application of the Fundamental Law of Fractions we have
(1)a
a
a
=
=
.
b
(1)(b)
b
We also use the notation ab for either

a
b

or

a
.
b

Example 1.2.3
Write three rational numbers equal to 25 .
Solution.
By the Fundamental Law of Fractions we have
2
4
6
8
= =
=
5
10
15
20
Prime Factorization and the Least Common Multiple
Addition and subtraction of fractions involve the least common multiple of
two positive integers. Let a and b be two positive integers. A result known as
the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic allows us to write the prime
factorizations of a and b, say
a =ps11 ps22 pskk
b =pt11 pt22 ptkk .

14CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

We define the least common multiple of a and b to be the number
max{s1 ,t1 } max{s2 ,t2 }
p2

LCM(a, b) = p1

max{sk ,tk }

pk

where the p1 , p2 , , pk are prime numbers and the s0i s and t0i s are whole
numbers (i.e., elements of the ser W).
Example 1.2.4
Find LCM(294, 84).
Solution.
Using the prime factorizations of 294 and 84 we find
2
3
7
7

294
147
49
7
1

2
2
3
7

84
42
21
7
1

That is,
294 =2 3 72
84 =22 3 7.
Hence, LCM(294, 84) = 22 3 72 = 588
Rational Numbers in Simplest Form
A rational number ab is in simplest form or in lowest terms if a and b
have no common factor greater than 1.
Example 1.2.5
Find the simplest form of the rational number

294
.
84

Solution.
Using the prime factorizations of 294 and 84 we find
2 3 72
7
2
2
294
=
=
=
=
2
84
2 3 7
2
7
7
Addition of Rational Numbers
The definition of adding fractions extends to rational numbers.
a c
a+c
+ =
b b
b

a c
ad + bc
+ =
.
b d
bd

1.2. ARITHMETIC IN Q

15

Example 1.2.6
Find each of the following sums.
2
4
(a) 3
+ 15 (b) 2
+ 7
(c) 73 +
5

5
.
7

Solution.
2
+ 15 =
(a) 3
(b)

2(5)
3
7
+ 13
= 10
+ 15
= (10)+3
= 15
.
(3)(5)
53
15
15
(2)7
4(5)
(14)+(20)
2
4
14
20
+ 7 = 57 + (5)(7) = 35 + 35 =
5
35
3+(5)
5
2
3
+ 7 = 7 = 7
7

= 34
.
35

(c)
Rational numbers have the following properties for addition.
Theorem 1.2.1
Let ab , dc , and fe be any rational numbers. Then we have the following:
Closure: ab + dc is a unique rational number.
Commutative: ab + dc = dc + ab . 



Associative: ab + dc + fe = ab + dc + fe = ab + dc + fe .
Identity Element: ab + 0 =
ab .
Additive inverse: ab + ab = 0.
Example 1.2.7
Find the additive inverse for each of the following:
2
(c) 3
(d) 25 .
(a) 53 (b) 5
11
Solution.
(a) 53 = 3
=
5

3
5

(b)

5
11

(c)

2
3

(d)

2
5

Subtraction of Rational Numbers

Subtraction of rational numbers can be defined in terms of addition as
follows.
a c
a  c
= + .
b d
b
d
Using the above result we obtain the following:
a  c  a c
a c
= +
= +
b d
b
d
b
d
ad + b(c)
ad bc
=
=
.
bd
bd
Example 1.2.8
Compute 103
35
.
24
16

16CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Solution.
Since LCM(24, 16) = 48, we have
103 35
206 105
206 (105)

=
24
16
48
48
48
311
206 + 105
=
=
48
48
Multiplication of Rational Numbers
If ab and dc are any two rational numbers then their product is defined by
ac
a c
= .
b d
bd
Properties of multiplication of rational numbers are summarized in the following theorem.
Theorem 1.2.2
Let ab , dc , and fe be any rational numbers. Then we have the following:
Closure: The product of two rational numbers is a unique rational number.
Commutativity: ab dc =dc ab .


Associativity: ab dc fe = ab dc fe = ab dc fe .
Identity: ab 1 = ab = 1 ab .
Inverse: ab ab = 1. We call ab the reciprocal of ab or the multiplicative
inverse of ab .


Distributivity:

a
b

c
d

e
f

a
b

c
d

a
b

fe .

Example 1.2.9
Perform each of the following multiplications. Express your answer in simplest form: (a) 5
73 (b) 3
25
.
6
10
27
Solution.
(a) We have
5 7
(5) 7
35
=
= .
6 3
63
18
(b)
3 25
1 5
(1)(5)
5

=
=
10 27
2
9
2(9)
18

1.2. ARITHMETIC IN Q

17

Example 1.2.10
Use the properties of multiplication of rational numbers to compute the following.


11 5
(a) 53 17

3 .
(b) 32 32 + 75 .
(c) 95 72 + 72 49 .
Solution.


11 5
(a) 35 17
3 =
(b)

2
3

3
2

5
7

(c)

5
9

72 + 72

4
9

=
=

3
5

2
3
5
9

11
17

5
3

32 + 23
27 + 49

= 11
.
17

5
7
2
7

10
21

=1+
=

5
9

21+10
21

=
4
9

2
7

31
.
21

2
7

Division of Rational Numbers

We define the division of rational numbers as an extension of the division
of fractions. Let ab and dc be any rational numbers with dc 6= 0. Then
a c
a d
= .
b d
b c
a
c
a
Using words, to find b d multiply b by the reciprocal of dc .
By the above definition one gets the following two results.
a c
a
=
b b
c
and
ac
a c
=
.
b d
bd
Remark 1.2.1
After inverting, it is often simplest to cancel before doing the multiplication. Cancelling is dividing one factor of the numerator and one factor of the
3
denominator by the same number. For example: 29 12
= 29 12
= 212
=
3
93
24
8
=
.
33
9
Remark 1.2.2
Exponents and their properties are extended to rational numbers in a natural
way. For example, if a is any rational number and n is a positive integer then
1
an = |a a{z a} and an = n .
a
n f actors

18CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Example 1.2.11
Compute the following and express the answers in simplest form.
(a)

7
4

2
3

(b)

Solution.
23 =
(a) 7
4
(b)

13
17

(c)

18
23

4
9

7
4

6
23

13
17

13
17

3
2

=
23
6

18
23

(c)

(7)(3)
(4)(2)

9
4

18
23

4
9

3
1

6
.
23

= 21
.
8

139
17(4)

1
1

= 117
.
68
=3

Comparison of Rational Numbers

Let ab and dc be two rational numbers. If ab < 0 and dc > 0 then ab < dc .
Suppose that both numbers are of the same sign. We convert to fractions
bc
and dc = bd
. If ab and dc are positive with
with the same denominator: ab = ad
bd
a
c
a
c
ad < bc then b < d . If b and d are negative with |ad| > |bc| then ab < dc .
Example 1.2.12
Compare: (a) 35 and

1
2

(b)

4
7

and

3
4

(c) 78 and 25 .

Solution.
(a) 35 < 21 .
21
(b) 47 = 16
and 34 = 28
. Hence, 47 < 34 .
28
7
35
2
16
(c) 8 = 40 and 5 = 40
. Hence, 87 < 25
Example 1.2.13
Order the following numbers from largest to smallest: 45 1.5
Solution.
Note that 2 > 1.5 and 2 =
so that 45 < 38 . Hence,

8
4

2>

3
8

7
.
4

15
so that 2 > 74 . Also, 54 = 32
and 83 = 40
40

7
3
4
> 1.5 > >
4
8
5

Remark 1.2.3
3
Mixed fractions such as 3 12 = 3 + 12 = 72 and percentages such as 3% = 100
are also examples of rational numbers. The fractional part of a mixed number
is a proper fraction, i.e., the numerator is less than the denominator.

1.2. ARITHMETIC IN Q

19

Example 1.2.14
Compute each of the following:
(a) 5 31 + 2 34 .
(b) 3 25 7 34 .
(c) 6 27 9 43 .
(d) 4 56 11 15 .
Solution.
(a) 5 31 + 2 34 = 5 + 2 +

1
3

3
4

2
5

(b) 3 52 7 34 = (3 7) +
(c) 6 27 9 43 =

44
7

(d) 4 56 11 15 =

29
6

39
4

56
5

11
7

=7+

3
4

= 4 +

39 =

29
6

4
12

5
65

429
7

9
12

8
20

= 61 27 .

145
390

29
78

=7+
15
20

13
12

1
= 8 12
.

= 4

7
20

7
= 4 20
.

20CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercises
Exercise 1.2.1
Show that each of the following numbers is a rational number.
(a) 3 (b) 4 12 (c) 5.6 (d) 25%.
Exercise 1.2.2
Which of the following are equal to 3?
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
,
, , ,
, , .
1 1 1 1 1
1
1
Exercise 1.2.3
Determine which of the following pairs of rational numbers are equal.
63
(a) 3
and 105
.
5
45
18
(b) 24 and 60 .
Exercise 1.2.4
Rewrite each of the following rational numbers in simplest form.
5
21
8
(a) 7
(b) 35
(c) 20
(d) 144
.
180
Exercise 1.2.5
How many different rational numbers are given in the following list?
4 39 7
2
, 3,
, , .
5
10 13 4
Exercise 1.2.6
Find the value of x to make the statement a true one.
(a)

7
25

x
500

(b)

18
3

5
.
x

Exercise 1.2.7
Find the prime factorizations of the numerator and the denominator and use
247
them to express the fraction 77
in simplest form.
Exercise 1.2.8
(a) If ab = ac , what must be true?
(b) If

a
c

= cb , what must be true?

1.2. ARITHMETIC IN Q

21

Exercise 1.2.9
Perform the following additions. Express your answer in simplest form.
(a) 86 25
(b) 57
+ 13
.
100
100
10
Exercise 1.2.10
Perform the following subtractions. Express your answer in simplest form.
198
1
(b) 23
1000
.
(a) 137
214
3
100
Exercise 1.2.11
Multiply the following rational numbers. Write your answers in simplest
form.
(a)

3
5

10
21

6
11

(b)

33
18

(c)

5
12

48
15

9
.
8

Exercise 1.2.12
Find the following quotients. Write your answers in simplest form.
(a)

8
9

2
9

(b)

12
15

4
3

(c)

13
24

39
.
48

Exercise 1.2.13
State the property that justifies each statement.
(a)
(b)

1
4

5
7

8
3

=
8
3

5
+ 4 =

7
8

5
7
1
4

87 8
.
3
8
1 5
3+4 4.

Exercise 1.2.14
Compute the following and write your answers in simplest form.
(a)

40
27

10
9

(b)

21
25

3
5

(c)

10
9

9
.
8

Exercise 1.2.15
Find the reciprocals of the following rational numbers.
(a)

4
9

(b) 0 (c)

3
2

Exercise 1.2.16

2
Compute: 4
5

(d)
2
.
7

Exercise 1.2.17
= 23 what is ab ?
If ab 4
7

4
.
9

22CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.2.18
Compute each of the following:
(a)

3 2
4

(b) 34

2

3 2
4

(c)

Exercise 1.2.19
Find a value of x so that

2
3

3 7
4

x1
.
5

Exercise 1.2.20
to lowest terms.
Reduce 2940
3150
Exercise 1.2.21
882
Simplify 1680
.
Exercise 1.2.22
Find LCM(2940, 3150).
Exercise 1.2.23
Find LCM(882, 1680).
Exercise 1.2.24
5
1
3
14
+ 12
.
Find 49
Exercise 1.2.25
5
32 + 38 .
Find 12
Exercise 1.2.26
5
Find 12
+ 13
17
. Simplify your answer.
20
45
Exercise 1.2.27


Multiply: 65 98 12
. Simplify your answer.
15
Exercise 1.2.28






Multiply: 53 56 67 . Simplify your answer.
Exercise 1.2.29

16
Divide: 21
47 . Simplify your answer.
Exercise 1.2.30

Divide: 92 11
. Simplify your answer.
15

1.2. ARITHMETIC IN Q

23

Exercise 1.2.31
Compute:
5
(a) 3 43 + 5 23 7 12
.
(b) 16 7 92 .
(c) 5 23 8 75 .
(d) 3 23 2 35 .
Exercise 1.2.32
Order the following numbers from greatest to least:
3

2
5

2
3

1.7

3
.
8

Exercise 1.2.33
Order the following numbers from least to greatest:
8

3
4

0.7

9.3.

24CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

1.3

Simplifying and Factoring Algebraic Expressions

An algebraic expression is the arithmetic combination of letters, the variables, and numbers, known as the coefficients. Examples of algebraic ex3b
pressions are 4x3 y +10x2 +4y and a2a+3b
2 . Terms with the same power of the
variables but with different coefficients are called like terms. Thus, 3x4 y 5
and 10x4 y 5 are like terms.
To simplify an algebraic expression is to reduce it into a simpler form. This
is usually done by combining like terms, factoring and cancelling. When an
expression is given as a product, by expanding it we mean carrying the
multiplication process.
Example 1.3.1
Expand and simplify: (a) (a + b)2 (b) (a b)2 (c) (x + a)(x + b) (d)
(a b)(a + b).
Solution.
(a) Using the fact that ab = ba, we have
(a + b)2 = (a + b)(a + b) = a2 + ab + ba + b2 = a2 + 2ab + b2 .
(b) Likewise, we have
(a b)2 = (a b)(a b) = a2 ab ba + b2 = a2 2ab + b2 .
(c) We have
(x + a)(x + b) = x2 + xb + ax + ab = x2 + (a + b)x + ab.
(d) We have
(a b)(a + b) = a2 + ab ab b2 = a2 b2 .
We refer to this equality as the difference of two squares
Example 1.3.2
Simplify: (2x + 5)2 3(4 3x)2 .

1.3. SIMPLIFYING AND FACTORING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS 25

Solution.
We have
(2x + 5)2 4(4 3x)2 =(4x2 + 20x + 25) 4(16 24x + 9x2 )
=4x2 + 20x + 25 64 + 96x 36x2
= 39 + 116x 32x2
An algebraic expression can be expressed as the square of a reduced expression is called a complete square. Examples are a2 +2ab+b2 and a2 2ab+b2
since the first is just (a + b)2 and the second is (a b)2 .
Example 1.3.3
Show that each of the following is a complete square:
(a) 9x2 6x + 1.
(b) 25x2 + 40x + 16.
(c) x2 y 2 6xy 2 + 9y 2 .
Solution.
(a) 9x2 6x + 1 = (3x)2 2(1)(3x) + 12 = (3x 1)2
(b) 25x2 + 40x + 16 = (5x)2 + 2(4)(5x) + 42 = (5x + 4)2 .



2

2
(c) x2 y 2 xy 2 + 41 y 2 = (xy)2 2 21 y (xy) + 21 y = xy 12 y
The process of adding a term to an algebraic expression to convert it into
a complete square is referred to as completing the square. Terms such
as a2 + 2ab and a2 2ab are referred to as the beginning of a complete
square.
Example 1.3.4
What is the missing term so that the given expression becomes a complete
square?
(a) 36x2 60x.
(b) 9x2 + 30x.

(c) 5x2 + 2 5x.

Solution.
(a) 36x2 60x = (6x)2 2(5)(6x) so that a = 6x and b = 5. The missing
term is b2 = 25.
(b) 9x2 + 30x = (3x)2 + 2(5)(3x) so that a = 3x and b = 5. The missing term

26CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

is b2 = 25.

(a) 5x2 + 2 5x = ( 5x)2 + 2(1)( 5x) so that a = 5x and b = 1. The

missing term is b2 = 1
Factoring Algebraic Expressions
The process of writing an algebraic expression as a product is called factoring. This is the opposite of expanding. Factoring is useful when solving
algebraic equations. We consider various forms of factoring.
Case 1: Factoring out the GCF
In this case, we look for the greatest common factor(GCF). We illustrate
this in the next example.
Example 1.3.5
Factor each of the following expressions:
(a) (2x + 1)2 (3x 2) (x 4)(2x + 1) (2x + 1)2 .
(b) (5x + 3)4 (2x + 3)3 + 3(5x + 3)3 (2x + 3)4 .
Solution.
(a) We have
(2x + 1)2 (3x 2) (x 4)(2x + 1) (2x + 1)2 =(2x + 1)[(2x + 1)(3x 2)
(x 4) (2x + 1)]
=(2x + 1)(6x2 x 2 x + 4
2x 1)
=(2x + 1)(6x2 4x + 1).
(b) We have
(5x + 3)4 (2x + 3)3 + 3(5x + 3)3 (2x + 3)4 =(5x + 3)3 (2x + 3)3 [(5x + 3) + 3(2x + 3)]
=(5x + 3)3 (2x + 3)3 (5x + 3 + 6x + 9)
=(5x + 3)3 (2x + 3)3 (11x + 12)

Case 2: Factoring a difference of two squares

This case of factoring is based upon the difference of squares identity a2 b2 =
(a b)(a + b).

1.3. SIMPLIFYING AND FACTORING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS 27

Example 1.3.6
Factor each of the following expressions:
(a) (2x + 3)2 (4x 1)2 .
(b) 16x2 y 2 9z 2 .
Solution.
(a) We have
(2x + 3)2 (4x 1)2 =[(2x + 3) (4x 1)][(2x + 3) + (4x 1)]
=(2x + 4)(6x + 2) = 4(x + 2)(3x + 1).
(b) We have
16x2 y 2 9z 2 = (4xy)2 (3z)2 = (4xy 3z)(4xy + 3z)
Case 3: Factoring perfect square trinomials
Recall, the following perfect square identities
(a b)2 = a2 2ab + b2 .
Example 1.3.7
Factor each of the following expressions:
(a) 9x2 24x + 16.
2
(b) 36x4 y 2 + 6x2 yz + z4 .
Solution.
(a) We have
9x2 24x + 16 = (3x)2 2(3x)(4) + 42 = (3x 4)2 .
(b) We have
z2
= (6x2 y)2 + 2(6x2 y)
36x y + 6x yz +
4
4 2

1
z
2


+

1
z
2

2

z 2
= 6x y +
2


Case 4: Factoring x2 + cx + d
Recall that
(x + a)(x + b) = x2 + (a + b)x + ab.
Thus, to factor a trinomial with a leading coefficient 1 such as x2 + cx + d
we look for two numbers a and b that satisfy a + b = c and ab = d.

28CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Example 1.3.8
Factor each of the following expressions:
(a) x2 + 5x + 6.
(b) x2 9x + 18.
Solution.
(a) Two numbers that satisfy a + b = 5 and ab = 6 are 2 and 3. Thus,
x2 + 5x + 6 = (x + 2)(x + 3).
(b) Two numbers that satisfy a + b = 9 and ab = 18 are 6 and 3. Thus,
x2 9x + 18 = (x 6)(x 3)
Case 5: Factoring by grouping
We shall apply this method to algebraic expressions with an even number of
terms. The idea is to group two terms together who have a greatest common
factor. We next factor the GCF of each group. After this step, one notices
that all groups have a common factor. We factor out front this common factor
to end up with a product. We illustrate this process in the next examples.
Example 1.3.9
Factor by grouping terms:
(a) xy + 3y 5x 15.
(b) 2x3 + 6x2 + 4x + 12.
Solution.
(a) We have
xy+3y5x15 = (xy+3y)+(5x15) = y(x+3)5(x+3) = (x+3)(y5).
(b) We have
2x3 + 6x2 + 4x + 12 =(2x3 + 6x2 ) + (4x + 12)
=2x2 (x + 3) + 4(x + 3) = (x + 3)(2x2 + 4)
=2(x + 3)(x2 + 2)
Example 1.3.10
Factor by grouping terms:
(a) 6xy + 4y 21x 14.
(b) x3 + 3x2 3x 9.

1.3. SIMPLIFYING AND FACTORING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS 29

Solution.
(a) We have
6xy + 4y 21x 14 =(6xy + 4y) (21x + 14)
=2y(3x + 2) 7(3x + 2)
=(3x + 2)(2y 7).
(b) We have
x3 + 3x2 3x 9 =(x3 + 3x2 ) (3x + 9)
=x2 (x + 3) 3(x + 3)
=(x + 3)(x2 3)

=(x + 3)(x 3)(x + 3)

Example 1.3.11
Factor by grouping: a3 + 3a2 b + 3ab2 + b3 .
Solution.
We have
a3 + 3a2 b + 3ab2 + b3 =(a3 + a2 b) + (2a2 b + 2ab2 ) + (ab2 + b3 )
=a2 (a + b) + 2ab(a + b) + b2 (a + b)
=(a + b)(a2 + 2ab + b2 )
=(a + b)(a + b)2 = (a + b)3

30CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercises
Exercise 1.3.1
Expand and simplify the expression: (a + b)3 .
Exercise 1.3.2
Expand and simplify the expression: (a b)3 .
Exercise 1.3.3
Expand and simplify the expression: (2x + 5)2 .
Exercise 1.3.4
Expand and simplify the expression: (4 3x)2 .
Exercise 1.3.5
Simplify the expression: (x 2)2 (2x 3)2 .
Exercise 1.3.6
Simplify the expression: (x2 2x)2 + 3x(x3 5).
Exercise 1.3.7
Show that each of the following is a complete square:
(a) x2 + 6x + 9.
.
(b) x2 5x + 25
4
1
2
(c) 3x + x + 3 .
Exercise 1.3.8
Show that 2x2 + 9x +

81
8

is a complete square.

Exercise 1.3.9
Expand using Example 1.3.1(c): (a) (x 2)(x + 3) (b) (x + 5)(x + 7) (c)
(x 4)(x 8).
Exercise 1.3.10
Factor 18x4 y 5 6x3 y 4 + 24x2 y 2 .
Exercise 1.3.11
Factor (2x + 3y)2 + 5(2x + 3y).

1.3. SIMPLIFYING AND FACTORING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS 31

Exercise 1.3.12
Factor 2(x 1)(3 2x)2 + 8(1 x)2 (2x 3)3 .
Exercise 1.3.13
Factor 3(x 1)(x 2)2 (x 1)2 (2 x) + 2(1 x)(x 2).
Exercise 1.3.14
Factor 28(x + 2)2 7(x 1)2 .
Exercise 1.3.15
Factor (x2 4)2 + 9(x + 2)2 .
Exercise 1.3.16
Factor 2x2 y 2 25z 2 .
Exercise 1.3.17
Factor 6x4 24y 4 .
Exercise 1.3.18
Factor x8 18x4 + 81.
Exercise 1.3.19
Factor x2n 12xn + 36.
Exercise 1.3.20
Factor 9x2 + 42xy + 49y 2 .
Exercise 1.3.21

Factor x 2 xy + y where x, y 0.
Exercise 1.3.22
Factor x2 + x 12.
Exercise 1.3.23
Factor x2 x 6.
Exercise 1.3.24
Factor x2 8x + 15.
Exercise 1.3.25
Factor by grouping 24x2 y 2 18x2 y + 60xy 2 45xy.

32CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.3.26
Factor by grouping 3xy + 2z + yz + 6x.
Exercise 1.3.27
Factor by grouping 35x3 10x2 56x + 16.
Exercise 1.3.28
Factor by grouping 42x3 49x2 + 18x 21.
Exercise 1.3.29
Factor by grouping 56ab + 14 49a 16b.
Exercise 1.3.30
Factor by grouping 28xy 7z 49x + 4yz.
Exercise 1.3.31
Factor by grouping 45x4 9x3 + 30x2 6x.
Exercise 1.3.32
Factor by grouping 5x2 + 15xy 2xz 6yz.
Exercise 1.3.33
Factor by grouping 3x5 15x3 + 2x2 10.
Exercise 1.3.34
Factor by grouping a3 3a2 b + 3ab2 b3 .

1.4. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS

1.4

33

Solving Algebraic Equations

This section illustrates the processes of solving algebraic equations.

The Geometry of Real Numbers
In order to understand the mathematics of solving equations and inequalities
a good understanding of the geometry of real numbers is deemed important.
The various sets of numbers in increasing order are:
The set of all positive integers or natural numbers
N = {1, 2, 3, }.
The set of whole numbers
W = {0, 1, 2, 3, }.
The set of all integers
Z = { , 3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, }.
The set of all rational numbers
a
Q = { : a, b Z with b 6= 0}.
b
The set R of all real numbers.
The set of complex numbers
C = {a + ib : a, b, R}.

We will pay close attention to the set of real numbers. Geometrically, R can
be described by a horizontal axis pointing to the right as shown in Figure
1.4.1 with numbers being represented by points called coordinates. This
line is referred to as the real line.

Figure 1.4.1

34CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

When the coordinate of a number a is to the left of that of a number b we say
that a is less than b and we write a < b. We can also say that b is greater
than a and write b > a. The symbols < and > are inequality symbols. Two
other inequality symbols are and .
Inequality symbols help us represent portions of the real lines by intervals.
The various types of intervals and their graphs are shown in Figure 1.4.2.

Figure 1.4.2
The distance between two numbers x and a on the real line is denoted by
|x a|. For example, the distance between the number x and 0 is |x|. We
call |x| the absolute value of x. Since it is a distance, it is a non-negative
number. But x can be a non-negative or negative. So we define

x if x 0,
|x| =
x if x < 0.
Thus, | 3| = (3) = 3 while |3| = 3. Some of the main properties of the
absolute value of a number are:
| x| = |x|
|x + y| |x| + |y|
|xy| = |x||y|
 
 x  |x|
 =
 y  |y| , y 6= 0
|xn | = |x|n .
Solving Linear Equations
By a linear equation we mean an equation that can be converted to the
form
ax + b = 0

1.4. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS

35

where a 6= 0 and b are given numbers and x is the variable to be found, also
called the solution, zero, or root of the equation. The process of finding x
is referred to as solving the given equation.
To solve a linear equation in one variable, isolate the variable on one side
of the equation. This can be done thanks to the following two properties of
real numbers:
Property I: Adding or subtracting the same number to both sides of an
equation does not change the solution to the equation.
Property II: Multiplying or dividing both sides of an equation by a nonzero
number does not change the solution to the equation.
Remark 1.4.1
The above two properties apply to any equation and not only to linear equations.
Example 1.4.1
Solve the equation: 20 7x = 6x 6.
Solution.
To isolate x, add 7x+6 to both sides of the given equation to obtain 13x = 26.
Now, divide both sides by 13 to obtain x = 2
Solving Quadratic Equations
The second type of equations that we discuss here is the so called quadratic
equations. By a quadratic equation we mean an equation of the form
ax2 + bx + c = 0, a 6= 0,
where a, b, and c are given numbers and x is the variable to be found.
There are two methods for finding x.
Solving by Factoring
The process of factoring consists of rewriting the equation in the form
a(x r)(x s) = 0.
Now, by the zero product property, which states that if u v = 0 then
either u = 0 or v = 0, we can conclude that either x r = 0 or x s = 0.

36CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

That is, x = r or x = s.
To factor ax2 + bx + c
1. find two integers that have a product equal to ac and a sum equal to b,
2. replace bx by two terms using the two new integers as coefficients,
3. then factor the resulting four-term polynomial by grouping. Thus, obtaining a(x r)(x s) = 0,
4. use the zero product property: ab = 0 = a = 0 or b = 0.
Example 1.4.2
Solve 2x2 + 9x + 4 = 0 by factoring.
Solution.
We need two integers whose product is ac = 8 and sum equals to b = 9. Such
two integers are 1 and 8. Thus,
2x2 + 9x + 4 =2x2 + x + 8x + 4
=x(2x + 1) + 4(2x + 1)
=(2x + 1)(x + 4)
1
=2(x + )(x + 4).
2
Hence, the zeros are x = 21 and x = 4
Solving by Using the Method of Completing the Square:
Many quadratic expressions are not easily factored by the method described
above. For example, the expression 3x2 7x 7. However, the zeros can be
found by using the method of completing the square:
ax2 + bx + c =0 (subtract c from both sides)
ax2 + bx = c (multiply both sides by 4a)
4a2 x2 + 4abx = 4ac (add b2 to both sides)
4a2 x2 + 4abx + b2 =b2 4ac
(2ax + b)2 =b2 4ac

2ax + b = b2 4ac

b b2 4ac
x=
2a

1.4. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS

37

provided that b2 4ac 0. This last formula is known as the quadratic

formula. Note that if b2 4ac < 0 then the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has no
real solutions ( but has complex solutions if you are familiar with complex
numbers).
Example 1.4.3
Solve by completing the square x2 + 3x + 2 = 0.
Solution.
We have
x2 + 3x + 2 =(x2 + 3x) + 2


9
9
2
= x + 3x +
+2
4
4

2  2
3
1
= x+

2
2



3 1
3 1
x+ +
= x+
2 2
2 2
=(x 1)(x + 2).
Hence, the zeros of the given equation are x = 1 and x = 2
Example 1.4.4
Solve by using the quadratic formula 3x2 7x 7 = 0.
Solution.
Letting a = 3, b = 7 and c = 7 in the quadratic formula we have

7 133
x=
6
Example 1.4.5
Solve by using the quadratic formula 6x2 2x + 5 = 0.
Solution.
Letting a = 6, b = 2, and c = 5 in the quadratic formula we obtain

2 116
x=
12

38CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

But 116 is not a real number. Hence, the function has no real zeros but
complex zeros (See Section 1.8)
Solving equations involving radicals
In this subsection we are going to solve equations that contain one or more
radical expressions. The plan is to isolate the radical expression, if possible,
on one side of the equation so that we can raise both sides of the equation
to a power that will eliminate the radical expression. We will restrict our
attention to square roots.
Remark 1.4.2
Squaring both sides of an equation may results in extraneous solutions, i.e.,
extra solutions that will not check in the original problem. Hence, one
must check each of the solutions in the original equation. This is the only
way you can be sure you have a valid solution.
Example
1.4.6
Solve 3x 2 = 4, x 23 .
Solution.
Squaring both sides of the equation, we find 3x 2 = 16. Solving this equation,
p we find x = 6. Substituting this value in the equation shows that
3(6) 2 = 4
Example1.4.7
Solve 1 + 4x + 13 = 2x, x 0.
Solution.
Isolating the radical and then squaring both sides, we find 4x+13 = (2x1)2 .
Simplifying this equation, we find 4x2 8x 12 = 0 or after dividing through
by 4, we have x2 2x 3 = 0. Hence, (x 3)(x + 1) = 0 so that x = 3 and
x = 1. Note that x = 1 < 0 so it is discarded. Hence, x = 3 is the only
solution
Example
1.4.8

Solve x + 7 = 1 + x + 2, x 2.

1.4. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS

39

Solution.
We have

( x + 7)2 =(1 + x + 2)2

x + 7 =x + 3 + 2 x + 2

4 =2 x + 2

2= x+2
4 =x + 2
2 =x.
Substituting this value in the original equation, we find

2+2=3

2+7 = 1 +

Solving rational equations

By a rational equation we mean an equation that involves ratios of algebraic expressions where the variables have whole integer exponents. To solve
such an equation, we start by multiplying through by the least common denominator in order to clear the equation from all ratios and thus reducing the
equation to an equation that is simple to solve. We illustrate this procedure
in the next two examples.
Example 1.4.9
Solve x62 + x5 = 6, x 6= 0.
Solution.
The least common denominator is x2 . Multiplying through by x2 and then
reducing, we find


6
5
2
x
+
=6x2
2
x
x
6 + 5x =6x2
6x2 5x 6 =0.
Solving this quadratic equation either by factoring or using the quadratic
formula we find x = 32 and x = 23
Example 1.4.10
1
x
Solve x+2
+ x2
=

x+6
,
x2 4

x 6= 2.

40CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Solution.
The least common denominator is x2 4. Multiplying through by x2 4 and
then reducing, we find

x
x+6
1
+
=(x2 4) 2
(x 4)
x+2 x2
x 4
x 2 + x(x + 2) =x + 6
x2 + 2x 8 =0
(x + 4)(x 2) =0.
2

Solving, we find x = 4 and x = 2. Since x = 2 results in a zero denominator

in the original equation, it is discarded. Hence, the only solution is x = 4
Solving absolute value equations
Absolute value equations are equations that involve absolute values of
some algebraic expressions. Recall that |x a| gives the distance between
x and a. Thus, if b 0, an equation of the form |x a| = b says that the
distance between x and a is b. There are two values from either side of a that
are a distance b from a, namely x = a b(from the left of a) and x = a + b
(from the right of a).
Example 1.4.11
Solve |2x 3| = 5.
Solution.
We have
|2x 3| =5
2x =3 5
35
.
x=
2
Hence, x = 4 or x = 1
Example 1.4.12
Solve |x 3| = |x + 2|.

1.4. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS

41

Solution.
We have
|x 3| =|x + 2|


x 3


 x + 2  =1
x 3 = (x + 2)
x =3 (x + 2).
If x = 3 + x + 2 then 0 = 5, impossible. If x = 3 x 2 then x = 12 . Hence,
the only solution is x = 21
Example 1.4.13
Solve |x| = |x 4| + 9.
Solution.
We consider the following four cases:
Case 1: x 0, x 4 0, i.e., x 4.
In this case, we have x = x 4 + 9 which results in 5=0, impossible.
Case 2: x 0, x 4 < 0, that is 0 x < 4.
In this case, we obtain x = x + 4 + 9. Solving, we find x =
no solutions.

13
2

> 4 so again

Case 3: x < 0, x 4 0. No such x exists.

Case 4: x < 0, x 4 < 0
In this case, we obtain x = x + 4 + 9. Solving, we find 0 = 13, impossible.
Hence, the given equation has no solutions
Example 1.4.14
Solve: |x 2| = 3x + 1.
Solution.
We note that 3x + 1 0 or x 13 . If 13 x 2 then x + 2 = 3x + 1.
Solving, we find x = 41 . If x > 2 then x 2 = 3x + 1. Solving, we find
x = 23 < 2. Hence, the only solution is x = 14

42CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercises
Exercise 1.4.1
Solve: 5x + 2 = 2x 10.
Exercise 1.4.2
Solve: 2(x 3) 5 = 4(x 5).
Exercise 1.4.3
Solve: 35 (n + 5) 43 (n 11) = 0.
Exercise 1.4.4
Solve: 3(x + 5)(x 1) = (3x + 4)(x 2).
Exercise 1.4.5
Solve: 3x2 = 27.
Exercise 1.4.6
Solve: x2 = 12 x.
Exercise 1.4.7
Solve: x2 6x + 9 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.8
Solve: 3x2 5x + 1 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.9
Solve: 3x2 + 2 = 4x.
Exercise 1.4.10
Solve: x2 + 5x + 6 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.11
Solve: x2 + 2x 15 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.12
Solve: x2 4x + 3 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.13
Solve by completing the square x2 6x 5 = 0.

1.4. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS

Exercise 1.4.14
Solve by using the quadratic formula x2 + 3x + 1 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.15
Solve by using the quadratic formula 2x2 + 3x 2 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.16
Solve by using the quadratic formula x2 2x + 2 = 0.
Exercise 1.4.17

Solve by using the quadratic formula x2 + 2x + = 0.

Exercise
1.4.18
Solve: 2x + 3 = 7.
Exercise
1.4.19
Solve: x + 4 = x 2.
Exercise
1.4.20
Solve: 3x 3 x = 1.
Exercise
1.4.21
Solve: 2x = 2 x 2.
Exercise 1.4.22
2
Solve: x(x2)
+ x 34 =
2
Exercise 1.4.23
2 3
x1
+ 3x
=
Solve: 3x2
3x2

x2 +x6
.
5

3x3
.
3x2

Exercise 1.4.24
x
Solve: x5
= 3x10
.
x5
Exercise 1.4.25
1
Solve: x+2
= x4 + 12 .
Exercise 1.4.26
1
=
Solve: x1 + x+1

1
.
x(x+1)

43

44CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.4.27
Solve: |x 2| = 5.
Exercise 1.4.28
Solve: |x + 4| = 13.
Exercise 1.4.29
Solve: |2x 5| = 17.
Exercise 1.4.30
Solve: |2x + 7| = |1 x|.
Exercise 1.4.31
Solve: |x 5| = 4.
Exercise 1.4.32
Solve: |4x + 3| = 3 x.
Exercise 1.4.33
Solve: |4 + x| 2x = 7 5x.
Exercise 1.4.34
Solve: |x 1| = |x 3| + 1.

1.5. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC INEQUALITIES

1.5

45

Solving Algebraic Inequalities

This section illustrates the processes of solving linear, quadratic, rational,

and absolute value inequalities.
Solving Linear Inequalities
By a linear inequality we mean an inequality that can be converted to the
form
ax + b  0, a 6= 0
where  can be any of the following:<, >, , .
A number that satisfies an inequality is called a solution. The set of all
the solutions to an inequality is called the solution set. In most cases, a
solution set is an interval or a collection of intervals.
To isolate the x, use the following two properties:
Property III: Adding or subtracting the same number to both sides of
an inequality does not change the solution set of the inequality.
Property IV: Multiplying or dividing both sides of an inequality by a nonzero number does not change the solution set of the inequality. However,
when you multiply or divide by a negative number make sure you reverse the
inequality symbol.

Example 1.5.1
Solve the inequality: x + 4 > 3x + 16.

Solution.
Add x 16 to both sides of the inequality to obtain 12 > 2x or 2x <
12. Now divide both sides by 2 to obtain x < 6. The solution set is
usually represented by an interval. Thus, the interval of solution to the given
inequality is (, 6)

Example 1.5.2
Solve the inequality: 4(3x 5) > 2(x 4).

46CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Solution.
We have
4(3x 5) >2(x 4)
12x + 20 >2x 8
14x > 28
x <2.
Thus, the interval of solution to the given inequality is (, 2)
Example 1.5.3
Solve the inequality: 3(x + 2) 5x + 7.
Solution.
.
We have 3(x + 2) 5x + 7 3x 6 5x + 7 8x
13
x 13
8
 13
Thus, the interval of solution to the given inequality is 8 ,
Solving Quadratic Inequalities
By a quadratic inequality we mean an inequality of the form
ax2 + bx + c  0, a 6= 0
where  can be any of the following:<, >, , .
The process of solving this type of inequalities consists of solving the quadratic
equation ax2 +bx+c = 0 so that we can locate the zeros and then construct a
chart of signs which provide the solution interval to the inequality. This process of solution is referred to as the critical value method. We illustrate
this method in the next examples.
Example 1.5.4
Solve the inequality 6x2 4 5x.
Solution.
Subtract 5x from both sides to obtain 6x2 5x 4 0. Factor f (x) =
6x2 5x 4 = (3x 4)(2x + 1). Thus, the zeros (also known as the critical
values) of f (x) are x = 34 and x = 12 . These values separate the real line
into three pieces. In each piece we select a test value to find the sign of f.
Since f (1) = 7 > 0, f (0) = 4 < 0, and f (2) = 10 > 0, we can construct
the following chart of signs:

1.5. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC INEQUALITIES

47

Figure 1.5.1
According to Figure 1.5.1, the interval of solution is given by [ 12 , 34 ]
Example 1.5.5
Solve the inequality x2 + 7x + 10 < 0.
Solution.
We have
x2 + 7x + 10 <0
(x + 5)(x + 2) <0.
The critical values are x = 5 and x = 2. Using the critical value method
we obtain the chart

Figure 1.5.2
Thus, the final answer is the open interval (5, 2)
Example 1.5.6
Solve the inequality x3 + 25x 10x2 .
Solution.
The given inequality reduces to
x3 + 25x 10x2 = x(x2 10x + 25) = x(x 5)2 0.
Since (x 5)2 0 for all x, x(x 5)2 0 only if x = 5 or x 0. Hence, the
solution set is (, 0] {5}
Rational inequalities
The critical value method can be used to solve rational inequalities.

48CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Example 1.5.7
x
+ 2 0.
Solve: x+3
Solution.
The given inequality can be written as
x
3(x + 2)
+2=
0.
x+3
x+3
The solution set to this inequality is the same as the solution set of 3(x +
2)(x + 3) 0 with the exception that x 6= 3. Solving this last inequality by
the method of critical value and taking in consideration the fact that x 6= 3,
we find the interval of solution (3, 2]
Example 1.5.8
5
x
x+5
.
Solve: x1
Solution.
We have
x
5

x1
x+5
x
5

0
x1 x+5
x2 + 5
0.
(x 1)(x + 5)
Thus, the last inequality is equivalent to (x 1)(x + 5) > 0 whose interval
of solution is (, 5) (1, )
Solving Absolute Value Inequalities
Recall from Section 1.4, the definition of the absolute value of a number x

x, if x 0,
|x| =
x, if x < 0.
Geometrically, |x| measures the distance from x to the origin. Thus, an
inequality of the form |x| > 5 indicates that x is more than five units from 0.
Any number on the number line to the right of 5 or to the left of 5 is more
than five units from 0. So |x| > 5 is equivalent to x < 5 or x > 5. Thus,

1.5. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC INEQUALITIES

49

the interval of solution is given by the union of the intervals (, 5) and

(5, ). Symbolically, we will write (, 5) (5, ).
Similarly, the inequality |x 9| < 2 indicates that the distance from x to 9
is less than 2. On a number line, this happens when x is between 7 and 11.
That is, the interval of solution is (7, 11). As you can see, drawing the real
line plays a major role in understanding how the solution interval(s) can be
found.
Example 1.5.9
Solve |5 3x| 6.
Solution.
Let u = 53x. Then |u| 6. This means that the distance from u to 0 is less
than or equal to 6. On a number line, this happens when 6 u 6. Thus,
6 5 3x 6. Next, we have to isolate the x in this compound inequality.
Subtract 5 from each part of the inequality to obtain 11 3x 1. Now,
. Thus, the interval of solution
divide through by 3 to obtain 31 x 11
3
1 11
is [ 3 , 3 ]
Example 1.5.10
Solve |x 4| 0.
Solution.
Since there is no number x such that |x4| < 0, the only solution to the given
inequality exists only when |x 4| = 0. Hence, x = 4 is the only solution
Example 1.5.11
Solve |3x 10| 14.
Solution.
We have
14 3x 10 14
4 3x 24
4
x 8.
3


The solution interval is the closed interval 43 , 8
Example 1.5.12
Solve: |x 5| < |x + 1|.

50CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Solution.
Squaring both sides, we obtain (x5)2 < (x+1)2 or x2 10x+25 < x2 +2x+1
and this reduces to 12x 24 > 0 or x 2 > 0. Hence, the interval of solution
is (2, )

1.5. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC INEQUALITIES

51

Exercises
In the Problems 1.5.1 - 1.5.7, represent the solution sets as intervals.
Exercise 1.5.1
Solve: 5x + 6 > 10.
Exercise 1.5.2
Solve: 37 x + 5 12 (3x 7).
Exercise 1.5.3
Solve: x2 + 2x1

x
.
10

Exercise 1.5.4
Solve: x(x 1) x2 + 2x 5.
Exercise 1.5.5
Solve: 3x2
+3
5

4x1
.
3

Exercise 1.5.6
Solve: 4x + 7 2x 3.
Exercise 1.5.7
Solve the inequality: 5 < 3x 2 < 1.
Exercise 1.5.8
An electric company charges for electricity is 10.494 cents per kilowatt-hour.
In addition, each monthly bill contains a customer charge of $9.36. If your
bill ranged from a low of $80.24 to a high of $271.80, over what range did
usage vary (in kilowatt-hour)?
Exercise 1.5.9
In your MATH 103 class, you have scores of 68, 82, 87, and 89 on the first
four of five tests. To get a grade of B, the average of the first five test scores
must be greater than or equal to 80 and less than 90. Solve an inequality to
find the range of the score you need on the last test to get a B.
Exercise 1.5.10
The percentage method of withholding for federal income tax (1998) states
that a single person whose weekly wages, after subtracting withholding allowances, are over $517, but not over $1105, shall have $69.90 plus 28% of
the excess over $517 withheld. Over what range does the amount withheld
vary if the weekly wages vary from $525 to $600 inclusive?

52CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.5.11
Solve: x(x 1) > 6.
Exercise 1.5.12
Solve: (x 2)x (x 2)x2 .
Exercise 1.5.13
Solve: x2 + x 12 > 0.
Exercise 1.5.14
Solve: x2 4x + 12.
Exercise 1.5.15
> 0.
Solve: (x+3)(2x)
(x1)2
Exercise 1.5.16
3.
Solve: 4x+5
x+2
Exercise 1.5.17
Solve: 2 < |3x 1| < 5.
Exercise 1.5.18
Solve: |x| > x1 .
Exercise 1.5.19
x2 4
Solve: 1|x|
0.
Exercise 1.5.20
Solve: |x + 4| > 3.
Exercise 1.5.21
Solve: |x 2| 5.
Exercise 1.5.22
Solve: |2x + 3| < x 6.
Exercise 1.5.23
Solve: |2x + 3| x 6.
Exercise 1.5.24
Solve: |2x + 3| < x + 6.

1.5. SOLVING ALGEBRAIC INEQUALITIES

Exercise 1.5.25
3 x.
Solve: x8
x
Exercise 1.5.26
Solve: xx+5
2 4 < 0.
Exercise 1.5.27
x2
Solve: (x+1)
2 0.
Exercise 1.5.28
2
Solve: x +x6
0.
x
Exercise 1.5.29
Solve: x2 + 6x + 9 0.
Exercise 1.5.30
3
Solve: 2x7
1.

53

54CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

1.6

Solving Linear Systems

In this section, we consider methods for solving systems with two linear
equations in two unknowns and systems with three linear equations in three
unknowns.
Linear Systems in two equations and two unknowns
A linear equation in the variables x and y is an equation of the form
ax + by = c. A linear system in two equations in the variables x and y is a
system of the form
(
ax + by =c
a0 x + b0 y =c0 .
Graphically, a linear system consists of two straight lines. But two lines can
either intersect, coincide or parallel. When they intersect or coincide, we
say that the system is consistent. When they are parallel, we say that the
system is inconsistent. A consistent system can be dependent (i.e., the
two lines coincide) or independent (i.e., the two lines has exactly one point
of intersection). A point of intersection of the two lines is called a solution
of the system.
To solve a system is to find all the solutions. We discuss two algebraic methods for solving a linear system in two equations and two unknowns:
Method of Elimination or Addition Method
As the name indicates, we add an appropriate multiples of the two equations
together in order to eliminate one of the variables. By adding the equations
we mean that we add the left sides of the two equations together, and we
add the right sides together. This is legal because of the Addition Principle,
which says that we can add the same amount to both sides of an equation.
We illustrate this process in the next examples.
Example 1.6.1 (Consistent and independent)
Solve the system of linear equations
(
2x + 5y = 1
3x + 2y = 8.
Solution.
For this problem, to eliminate the x we have to multiply the first equation

1.6. SOLVING LINEAR SYSTEMS

55

by 3 and the second equation by 2.

(
6x + 15y = 3
6x + 4y = 16.
Adding these equations results in the equation 19y = 19. Solving for y,
we find y = 1. Substituting this value into one of the given equations and
then solving for x, we find x = 2. Thus, the system is consistent and
independent
Example 1.6.2 (Inconsistent)
Solve the system
(
6x 2y = 8
9x 3y = 6.
Solution.
Multiply the first equation by 3 and the second equation by 2 and add the
resulting equations we find 0 = 12 which is not a true statement. Hence, the
given system is inconsistent. Graphically, the system represents two parallel
lines
Example 1.6.3 (Consistent and dependent)
Solve the system
(
x 2y = 4
2x 4y = 8.
Solution.
Multiply the first equation by 2 and add the resulting equation to the
second equation we find 0x + 0y = 0 which is true regardless of the values of
x and y. Hence, the system has an infinite number of solutions. Graphically,
the system represents two lines that coincide. Points on the line can be
represented by the parametric equations:
x = 2t + 4 and y = t
where t is called a parameter. We conclude that the system is consistent
and dependent

56CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

The Method of Substitution
With this method, we solve one of the equations for one variable in terms
of the other, and then substitute that into the other equation. We illustrate
this method by an example.
Example 1.6.4
Solve the system of linear equations
(
x + 2y = 3
3x + 4y = 1.
Solution.
Solving the first equation for x we find x = 3 2y. Now we can use this
result and substitute x = 3 2y in for x in the second equation and find
4y 3(3 2y) = 1. Solving this equation we find y = 1. Hence, x = 3 2y =
3 2 = 1. The solution to the system is (1, 1) so the system is consistent and
independent
Linear Systems in three equations and three unknowns
Consider a linear system in three equations and three unknowns
a11 x1 + a12 x2 + a13 x3 = b1
a21 x1 + a22 x2 + a23 x3 = b2
a31 x1 + a32 x2 + a33 x3 = b3 .
If b1 = b2 = b3 = 0 then we call the system homogeneous. Otherwise, the
system is called non-homogeneous
We define the augmented matrix to

a11 a12
a21 a22
a31 a32

be the rectangular array

a13 b1
a23 b2
a33 b3

Two linear systems are said to be equivalent if and only if they have the
same solution set. One can build equivalent systems that are easier to solve
than the original system by applying the following elementary row operations on the augemented matrix:
(I) Multiply a row by a non-zero number.

1.6. SOLVING LINEAR SYSTEMS

57

(II) Replace a row by the sum of this row and another row multiplied by a
number.
(III) Interchange two rows.
We apply these elementary row operations on the augmented matrix and
reduces it to a triangular matrix, known as elementary echelon form.
Then the corresponding system is triangular as well and is equivalent to the
original system. Next, use either the backward-substitution or the forwardsubstitution technique to find the unknowns. We illustrate this technique in
the following examples.
Example 1.6.5
Solve the following linear system using elementary row operations on the
augmented matrix:

x1 2x2 + x3 = 0

2x2 8x3 = 8

4x1 + 5x2 + 9x3 = 9.

Solution.
In what follows, ri denotes the ith row of the augmented matrix. The augmented matrix for the system is

1 2
1
0
0
2 8
8
4
5
9 9
Step 1: The operations r2 21 r2 and r3 r3 + 4r1 give

1 2
1
0
0
1 4
4
0 3 13 9
Step 2: The operation r3 r3 + 3r2 gives

1 2
1 0
0
1 4 4
0
0
1 3
The corresponding system of equations is

x1 2x2 + x3 = 0
x2 4x3 = 4

x3 = 3.

58CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Using back-substitution we find the unique solution x1 = 29, x2 = 16, x3 = 3.
Thus, the system is consistent and independent
Example 1.6.6
Solve the following linear system using the method described above.

x2 + 5x3 = 4

x1 + 4x2 + 3x3 = 2

2x1 + 7x2 + x3 = 1.
Solution.
The augmented matrix for the system is

0 1 5 4
1 4 3 2
2 7 1 1
Step 1: The operation r2 r1 gives

1 4 3 2
0 1 5 4
2 7 1 1
Step 2: The operation r3 r3 2r1 gives the system

1
4
3 2
0
1
5 4
0 1 5
3
Step 3: The operation r3 r3 + r2 gives

1 4 3 2
0 1 5 4
0 0 0 1
The corresponding system of equations is

x1 + 4x2 + 3x3 = 2
x2 + 5x3 = 4

0x1 + 0x2 + 0x3 = 1.

From the last equation we conclude that the system is inconsistent

1.6. SOLVING LINEAR SYSTEMS

59

Example 1.6.7
Solve the following system by applying elementary row operations on the
augmented matrix.

x1 + 2x2 + x3 = 0
x1 + 3x2 + 6x3 = 0

2x1 + 3x2 3x3 = 0.

Solution.
The augmented matrix of the system is

1 2
1 0
1 3
6 0
2 3 3 0
Reducing this matrix to triangular form as follows.
Step 1: r2 r2 r1 and r3 r3 2r1

1
2
1 0
0
1
5 0
0 1 5 0
Step 2: r3 r3 + r2

1 2 1 0
0 1 5 0
0 0 0 0
The corresponding system is
(
x1 + 2x2 + x3 = 0
x2 + 5x3 = 0.
The system has infinitely many solutions. These solutions are given by the
parametric equations: x1 = 9s, x2 = 5s, x3 = s. Hence, the system is
consistent and dependent

60CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercises
Exercise 1.6.1
Solve by the method of elimination. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
4x + 2y = 8
2x y = 0.
Exercise 1.6.2
Solve by the method of elimination. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
x+y =3
2x y = 0.
Exercise 1.6.3
Solve by the method of elimination. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
x 2y = 4
2x 4y = 8.
Exercise 1.6.4
Solve by the method of elimination. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
2x 4y = 10
x + 2y = 5.
Exercise 1.6.5
Solve by the method of substitution. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
2x y = 3
x + 2y = 14.

1.6. SOLVING LINEAR SYSTEMS

61

Exercise 1.6.6
Solve by the method of substitution. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
2x 3y = 2
4x + 6y = 7.
Exercise 1.6.7
Solve by the method of substitution. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
6x + 10y = 30
3x 5y = 15.
Exercise 1.6.8
Solve the following system. Classify the system as consistent independent,
consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
20x + 24y = 10
1
x
3

4
y
5

= 65 .

Exercise 1.6.9
Solve the following system. Classify the system as consistent independent,
consistent dependent, or inconsistent.
(
2x + 3y = 6
4x + y = 2.
Exercise 1.6.10
A chemist has two solutions of alcohol. One is 25% alcohol and the other is
45% alcohol. He wants to mix these two solutions to obtain 36 ounces of a
30% alcohol solution. How many ounces of each solution should be mixed
together?
Exercise 1.6.11
You invested a total of $38,000 in two municipal bonds that have a yield of
4% and 6% interest per year, respectively. The interest you earned from the
bonds was $1,930. How much did you invest in each bond?

62CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.6.12
Determine if the following system is consistent.

x2 4x3 = 8

2x1 3x2 + 2x3 = 1

5x1 8x2 + 7x3 = 1.

Exercise 1.6.13
Solve the following linear system using elementary row operations on the
augmented matrix. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent
dependent, or inconsistent.

=0

x1 + 2x2
x1 + 3x2 + 3x3 = 2

x2 + x3 = 0.
Exercise 1.6.14
Solve the following system using elementary row operations on the augmented
matrix. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent,
or inconsistent.

5x1 5x2 15x3 = 40

4x1 2x2 6x3 = 19

3x1 6x2 17x3 = 41.

Exercise 1.6.15
Solve the following system using elementary row operations on the augmented
matrix. Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent,
or inconsistent.

2x1 + x2 + x3 = 1
x1 + 2x2 + x3 = 0

3x1
2x3 = 5.
Exercise 1.6.16
Solve the linear system whose augmented matrix is given by

1
1 2 8
1 2 3 1
3 7 4 10
Classify the system as consistent independent, consistent dependent, or inconsistent.

1.6. SOLVING LINEAR SYSTEMS

63

Exercise 1.6.17
Solve the following system using elementary row operations on the augmented
matrix.

x1 2x2 + 3x3 = 7
2x1 + x2 + x3 = 4

3x1 + 2x2 2x3 = 10.

Exercise 1.6.18
Solve the following system using elementary row operations on the augmented
matrix.

2x1 4x2 + 5x3 = 33

4x1 x2
= 5

2x1 + 2x2 3x3 = 19.

Exercise 1.6.19
Solve the following system using elementary row operations on the augmented
matrix.
(
6x 2y = 12
x + y = 18.
Exercise 1.6.20
Solve the following system by the substitution method.
(
12x 7y = 106
8x + y = 82.
Exercise 1.6.21
Solve the following system..
(
y = 5 + 3x
y = 3 x.
Exercise 1.6.22
Suppose there is a piggybank that contains 57 coins, which are only quarters
and dimes. The total number of coins in the bank is 57, and the total value
of these coins is $9.45. Determine how many of the coins are quarters and
how many are dimes.

64CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

In Exercises 1.6.23 - 1.6.25, the graph of a system of linear equations is given.

(a) Identify whether the system is consistent or inconsistent.
(b) Identify whether the system is dependent or independent.
(c) Identify the number of solutions to the system.
Exercise 1.6.23

Exercise 1.6.24

Exercise 1.6.25

1.6. SOLVING LINEAR SYSTEMS

65

Exercise 1.6.26
Solve the following system.

2x1 + 5x2 + 2x3 = 1

x1 + 2x2 3x3 = 5

5x1 + 12x2 + x3 = 10.

Exercise 1.6.27
Solve the following system.

x1 3x2 + 2x3 = 0
2x1 5x2 2x3 = 0

4x1 11x2 + 2x3 = 0.

Exercise 1.6.28
Two angles are complementary, i.e., their sum is 90 . The measure of the
first is five times the measure of the second. Find the degree measures of the
two angles.
Exercise 1.6.29
James wants to mix a 50% saline solution with a 80% saline solution to make
a 60% saline solution. He needs a total of 12 ounces in the mix. How many
ounces of the 50% saline solution and the 80% saline solution should he use?
Exercise 1.6.30
The sum of two numbers is 2. Twice the first plus the second equals 8. Find
the two numbers.

66CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

1.7

Geometry in the Cartesian System

This section is designed to familiarize students to the Cartesian coordinate

system and its many uses in the world of mathematics.
The Cartesian coordinate system, also known as the rectangular coordinate system or the xy-plane, consists of two number scales, called the
x-axis (a horizontal axis) and the y-axis (a vertical axis), that are perpendicular to each other at point O called the origin. Any point in the system is
associated with an ordered pair of numbers (x, y) called the coordinates
of the point. The number x is called the abscissa or the x-coordinate and
the number y is called the ordinate or the y-coordinate. Positive values
of the xcoordinate are measured to the right, negative values to the left.
Positive values of the ycoordinate are measured up, negative values down.
The origin is denoted as (0, 0).
The axes divide the coordinate system into four regions called quadrants
and are numbered counterclockwise as shown in Figure 1.7.1
To plot a point P (a, b) means to draw a dot at its location in the xyplane.
Example 1.7.1
Plot the point P with coordinates (5, 2).
Solution.
Figure 1.7.1 shows the location of the point P (5, 2) in the xyplane

Figure 1.7.1

1.7. GEOMETRY IN THE CARTESIAN SYSTEM

67

The following chart indicates the sign of each coordinate in the Cartesian
system.
x
Quadrant I
+
Quadrant II

Quadrant III

Quadrant IV
+
Positive x-axis +
Negative x-axis
Positive y-axis 0
Negative y-axis 0

y
+
+

0
0
+

Distance Between Two Points

The distance formula is a variant of the Pythagorean formula that you
used back in geometry. Heres how we get from one to the other: Given two
points A(x1 , y1 ) and B(x2 , y2 ). Let d be the distance between the two points.
Construct the right triangle as shown in Figure 1.7.2.

Figure 1.7.2
By the Pythagorean formula we have
d2 = |AC|2 + |CB|2 = (x2 x1 )2 + (y2 y1 )2 .
Taking the square root of both sides we obtain the distance formula
p
d = d(A, B) = (x2 x1 )2 + (y2 y1 )2 .
Example 1.7.2
Find the distance between the points (5, 8) and (10, 14).

68CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Solution.
Applying the distance formula we find
p

d = (14 8)2 + (10 (5))2 = 36 + 25 = 61

The Midpoint Formulas

The point halfway between the endpoints of a line segment is called the
midpoint. Thus, a midpoint divides a line segment into two equal parts.
Let M (a, b) be the midpoint of the line segment with endpoints A(x1 , y1 ) and
B(x2 , y2 ). See Figure 1.7.3.

Figure 1.7.3
The triangles M AN and BM P are similar so that we can write
|AN |
|M A|
=
.
|BM |
|M P |
But |M A| = |BM | so that |AN | = |M P |. Also, |M P | = |N C| so that
|AN | = |N C|. Thus, N is the midpoint of the line segment with endpoints
2
A and C. It follows that a x1 = x2 a or a = x1 +x
. A similar argument
2
shows that P is the midpoint of the line segment with endpoints B and C
2
. Thus, the midpoint M is given by the midpoint formulas
and b = y1 +y
2

M

x1 + x2 y1 + y2
,
2
2


.

Example 1.7.3
Find the midpoint of the line segment with endpoints A(4, 7) and B(10, 7).

1.7. GEOMETRY IN THE CARTESIAN SYSTEM

69

Solution.
Plugging into the midpoint formula we find


2 y1 +y2
Midpoint =  x1 +x
, 2 
2
4+(10) 7+7
=
, 2
2
=
(3, 7)
Graph of an Equation
Given an equation involving the two variables x and y. The graph of an
equation is the set of ordered pairs (x, y) that satisfy the equation.
A typical procedure for graphing an equation is to plot points and then
connect them with a continuous curve as shown in the next examples.
Example 1.7.4
Graph the equation by plotting points: 2x + y = 1.
Solution.
Writing y in terms of x we find y = 1 2x. The table below shows some
points on the graph of the equation.
x
y

-2 -1 0 1 2
3 1 -1 -3 -5

Next, plot the points and draw a curve through them. See Figure 1.7.4

Figure 1.7.4
Example 1.7.5
Graph the equation by plotting points: y = |x + 3| 2.
Solution.
The table below shows some points on the graph of the equation.

70CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

x
y

-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
1 0 -1 -2 -1 0

0
1

Next, plot the points and draw a curve through them. See Figure 1.7.5

Figure 1.7.5
Example 1.7.6
Graph the equation y = x2 2x 8.
Solution.
The table below shows some points on the graph of the equation.
x -3
y 7

-2
0

-1 0 1 2 3
-5 -8 -9 -8 -5

4 5
0 7

Next, plot the points and draw a curve through them. See Figure 1.7.6

Figure 1.7.6

1.7. GEOMETRY IN THE CARTESIAN SYSTEM

71

Intercepts
A point (x, 0) on the graph of an equation is called an x-intercept. Geometrically, the xintercept is the point where the graph crosses the xaxis.
Similarly, a point of the form (0, y) is called a y-intercept. This is the point
where the graph crosses the yaxis.
Example 1.7.7
Find the x and yintercepts of the graph of x2 + y 2 = 4.
Solution.
Letting y = 0 in the given equation we find x2 = 4. Solving for x to obtain
x = 2. Thus, the xintercepts are the points (2, 0) and (2, 0). Similarly,
setting x = 0 to obtain y 2 = 4. Solving for y we obtain y = 2. So the points
(0, 2) and (0, 2) are the yintercepts
The Equation of a Circle
By a circle we mean the collection of all points in the plane that are at an
equal distance to a fixed point called the center of the circle. The distance
of a point on a circle to its center is called the radius. The diameter of a
circle is the length of a line segment crossing the center and with endpoints
on the circle. Thus, the center is the midpoint and as a result a diameter is
twice the radius.
Next, we want to find the equation of a circle with center C(a, b) and radius
r. For this, let M (x, y) be an arbitrary point on the circle. Then d(C, M ) = r.
By the distance formula, we have
(x a)2 + (y b)2 = r2 .
This equation is called the standard form of the equation of a circle.
Example 1.7.8
Determine the center and the radius of the circle with equation: (x 2)2 +
(y + 4)2 = 25.
Solution.

The center is the point (2, 4) and the radius is r = 25 = 5

Example 1.7.9
Find the equation of the circle with center C(5, 3) and radius r = 4. Write
the answer in standard form.

72CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Solution.
The equation of the circle is given by
(x 5)2 + (y + 3)2 = 16
Example 1.7.10
Find the equation of the circle with center C(2, 5) and passing through the
point M (1, 7).
Solution.
p

The radius of the circle is r = d(C, M ) = (7 5)2 + (1 (2))2 = 13.

Thus, the equation of the circle is
(x + 2)2 + (y 5)2 = 13
Another form of the equation of a circle is known as the general form and
is given by the equation
x2 + y 2 + Ax + By + C = 0.
To find the standard form from the general form we use the process of
completing the square as shown in the following example.
Example 1.7.11
Find the center and the radius of the circle: x2 + y 2 6x 4y + 12 = 0.
Solution.
We use the method of completing the square:
(x2 6x) + (y 2 4y) = 12
(x2 6x + 9) + (y 2 4y + 4) = 12 + 9 + 4
(x 3)2 + (y 2)2 = 1.
Thus, the center is (3, 2) and the radius is r = 1
Example 1.7.12
Find the equation of a circle that has diameter with endpoints (7, 2) and
(3, 5). Write your answer in standard form.

1.7. GEOMETRY IN THE CARTESIAN SYSTEM

73

Solution.
The center of the circle is the midpoint of the given diameter. By the midpoint formula, the coordinates of the center are ( 73
, 2+5
) = (2, 32 ). The
2
2
radius of the circle is the distance between the center and one of the endpoints. This can be found by using the distance formula
r

3
149
.
d = (2 7)2 + ( + 2)2 =
2
2
The equation of the circle is
149
3
(x 2)2 + (y )2 =
2
4
Example 1.7.13
Find an equation of a circle that has its center at (2, 3) and is tangent to
the yaxis. Write your answer in standard form.
Solution.
The radius of the circle is the distance from the center to the yaxis which
is the absolute value of the xcoordinate of the the center, i.e. r = 2. Hence,
the equation of the circle is given by
(x + 2)2 + (y 3)2 = 4

74CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercises
Exercise 1.7.1
Plot the points: (2, 4), (2, 1), (0, 3) and (5, 3).
Exercise 1.7.2
Plot the points: (3, 5), (4, 3), (0, 2), (2, 0).
Exercise 1.7.3
Find the distance between the points whose coordinates are given.
(a) (6, 4), (8, 11).
(b) (5,
0).
(0,
8),
(c) ( 3, 8), ( 12, 27).
(d) (x, 4x), (2x, 3x), x < 0.
Exercise 1.7.4
Find the midpoint of the line segment with the following endpoints.
(a) (1, 1), (5, 5).
(b) (6, 3), (6, 11).
(c) (1.75, 2.25), (3.5, 5.57).
Exercise 1.7.5
Find the x and yintercepts of each equation.
(a) 2x + 5y = 12.
(b) x = |y| 4.
(c) |x| + |y| = 4.
(d) |x 4y| = 8.
Exercise 1.7.6
Determine the value(s) of x if the distance between (x, 0) and (4, 6) is equal
to 10.
Exercise 1.7.7
Graph the equation: x y = 4.
Exercise 1.7.8
Graph the equation: y = x2 .
Exercise 1.7.9
Graph the equation: y = 2 x2 .

1.7. GEOMETRY IN THE CARTESIAN SYSTEM

75

Exercise 1.7.10
Find the center and the radius of the circle: x2 + y 2 = 36.
Exercise 1.7.11
Find the center and the radius of the circle: (x + 2)2 + (y + 5)2 = 25.
Exercise 1.7.12
Find the center and the radius of the circle: (x 8)2 + y 2 = 41 .
Exercise 1.7.13
Find the equation of the circle centered at (4, 1) and with radius 2. Write
your answer in standard form.
Exercise 1.7.14
Find the equation of the circle with center C(0, 0) and passing through the
point M (3, 4).
Exercise 1.7.15
Find the equation of the circle with center C(1, 3) and passing through the
point M (4, 1).
Exercise 1.7.16
Find the center and the radius of the circle: x2 + y 2 6x + 5 = 0.
Exercise 1.7.17
Find the center and the radius of the circle: 4x2 + 4y 2 + 4x 63 = 0.
Exercise 1.7.18
Find the center and the radius of the circle: x2 + y 2 x + 3y

15
4

= 0.

Exercise 1.7.19
The midpoint of the line segment connecting the points (x, y) and (3, 8)
is (2, 7). Find x and y.
Exercise 1.7.20
Find the equation of the circle that has a diameter with endpoints (2, 3) and
(4, 11). Write your answer in standard form.

76CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.7.21
Find the center and the radius of the circle with equation
x2 + y 2 6x 4y + 12 = 0.
Exercise 1.7.22
Find the equation of the circle centered at (7, 11) and tangent to the xaxis.
Write your answer in standard form.
Exercise 1.7.23
Find a formula for the set of all points (x, y) for which the distance from
(x, y) to (3, 4) is 5.
Exercise 1.7.24
Find an equation of a circle that is tangent to both axes, has its center in
the second quadrant, and has a radius 3.
Exercise 1.7.25
Plot the points: (2, 11), (1, 8), (0, 5), (1, 2), and (2, 1).
Exercise 1.7.26
Find a point (x, x) such that the distance between this point and (1, 2) is 1.
Exercise 1.7.27
Let (1, 1) be the midpoint of the line segment joining the points (x, y) and
(1, 3). Find x and y.
Exercise 1.7.28
Find the intercepts of the curve x2 + y 2 4x + 6y = 2.
Exercise 1.7.29
A circle is centered at the point (x, y). The circle is tangent to the xaxis at
x = 1. The circle is completely above the xaxis. Also, the radius of the
circle is 2. Find x and y.
Exercise 1.7.30
Find the center and the radius of the circle x2 + y 2 4x + 10y + 20 = 0.

1.8. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX NUMBERS

1.8

77

Introduction to Complex Numbers

Up until now, youve been told that you cant take the square root of a
negative number. Thats because you had no numbers that, when squared,
were negative. So an equation like x2 + 1 = 0 has no
real solutions. Trying
to solve this last equation, we end up with x = 1. Thus, solving the
equation involves
called i, standing for imaginary,
using a new number
2
such that i = 1. It follows that i = 1.
With the above definition, we are now in a position to find the square root
of a negative number. If a is a positive number then a is negative and
p

a = (1)a = 1 a = i a.
Example1.8.1
Simplify 18.
Solution.
p

We have 18 = 9 2 (1) = (3 2)i

By a complex number we mean a number that can be written in the
form a + bi. We call a the real part and b the imaginary part. When
a = 0 we say that the number is purely imaginary.
Example 1.8.2
Write the number 37 3 in the form a + bi.
Solution.
p

Since 37 = 37(1) = ( 37)i, we have 37 3 = 3 + ( 37)i

The Arithmetic of Complex Numbers
When a number system is extended, the arithmetic operations must be defined for the new numbers, and the important properties of the operations
should still hold. For example, addition of whole numbers is commutative.
This means that we can change the order in which two whole numbers are
added and the sum is the same: 3 + 5 = 8 and 5 + 3 = 8.
We need to define the four arithmetic operations on complex numbers.
Equality of Complex Numbers
Two complex numbers a + bi and c + di are equal if and only if a = c and
b = d.

78CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Example 1.8.3
Find x so that 3 + (4 x)i = 3 + i.
Solution.
By the equality of complex numbers, we must have 4 x = 1. Solving for x
we find x = 3
Addition and Subtraction
To add or subtract two complex numbers, you add or subtract the real parts
and the imaginary parts:
(a + bi) + (c + di) = (a + c) + (b + d)i
(a + bi) (c + di) = (a c) + (b d)i.
Example 1.8.4
Perform the indicated operation (a) (3 5i) + (6 + 7i) (b) i (3 4i).
Solution.
(a) (3 5i) + (6 + 7i) = (3 + 6) + (5 + 7)i = 9 + 2i.
(b) i (3 4i) = (0 3) + (1 (4))i = 3 + 5i
Remark 1.8.1
The operations of addition and subtraction are the same as combining similar
terms in expressions that have a variable. For example, if we were to simplify
the expression (3 5x) + (6 + 7x) by combining similar terms, then the
constants 3 and 6 would be combined, and the terms 5x and 7x would be
combined to yield 9 + 2x.

Multiplication
The formula for multiplying two complex numbers is
(a + bi)(c + di) = (ac bd) + (ad + bc)i.
You do not have to memorize this formula, because you can arrive at the
same result by treating the complex numbers like expressions with a variable,
multiply them as usual by using the FOIL method and then combine like
terms. The only difference is that powers of i do simplify (using i2 = 1),
while powers of x do not.

1.8. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX NUMBERS

79

Example 1.8.5
Multiply (2 + 3i)(4 + 7i).
Solution.
We have
(2 + 3i)(4 + 7i) = (2)(4) + (2)(7i) + (4)(3i) + (3i)(7i)
= 8 + 14i + 12i + 21(1)
= (8 21) + (14 + 12)i = 13 + 26i

Complex Conjugate
The conjugate (or complex conjugate) of the complex number a+bi is abi.
We denote the conjugate of a + bi by a + bi = a bi.
Multiplying a + bi by its conjugate we find
(a + bi)(a bi) = (a2 + b2 ) + 0i = a2 + b2 .
Thus, a complex number times its conjugate is always real; i.e., its imaginary
part is zero.
Example 1.8.6
Find the conjugate of (a) 3 4i and (b) 3 + 5i.
Solution.
(a) 3 4i = 3 + 4i (b) 3 + 5i = 3 5i
Division of Complex Numbers
By the ratio a+bi
we mean a complex number + i such that
c+di
a + bi
= + i
c + di
Cross multiply and simplify to obtain
a + bi = (c + di)( + i)
= (c d) + (d + c)i.

(1.8.1)

80CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Thus, c d = a and d + c = b. Solve this system of two equations for
and , using the method of elimination, to obtain
=

ac + bd
bc ad
and = 2
.
2
2
c +d
c + d2

One can easily see that the right hand side of ( 1.8.1) is obtained by multiplying a + bi and c + di by the conjugate c di.(Prove that)
Example 1.8.7
.
Find 2+6i
4+i
Solution.
(2 + 6i) (4 i)
14 + 22i
14 22
2 + 6i
=
=
=
+ i
4+i
(4 + i) (4 i)
17
17 17

1.8. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX NUMBERS

Exercises
Exercise 1.8.1
Write the
number in the
form z = a + bi.
given complex
(a) 2 + 9 (b) 4 121 (c) 100.
Exercise 1.8.2
Simplify and then write the complex number in the form z = a + bi.
(a) (2 + 5i) + (3 + 7i).
(b) (5 i) + (9 2i).
(c) (3 + i) (8 + 2i).
Exercise 1.8.3
Simplify and then write the complex number in the form z = a + bi.
(a) 8i (2 3i).
(b) (4i 5) 2.
(c) 3(2 + 7i) + 5(2 i).
Exercise 1.8.4
Simplify and then write the complex number in the form z = a + bi.
(a) (2 + 3i)(4 5i).
(b) (5 3i)(2 4i).
(c) (5 + 7i)(5 7i).
Exercise 1.8.5
Simplify and then write the complex number in the form z = a + bi.
(a) (8i + 11)(7 + 5i).
(b) (9 12i)(15i + 7).
Exercise 1.8.6
Write each expression as a complex number in the form z = a + bi.
1
1
4+i
(a) 3+5i
(b) 8+i
(c) 73i
.
Exercise 1.8.7
Write each expression as a complex number in the form z = a + bi.
2i
(a) 11+i
(b) 6+i
(c) (5 + 7i)2
i
Exercise 1.8.8
Write each expression as a complex number in the form z = a + bi.
(a) (1 i) 2(4 + i)2 (b) (1 i)3 (c) (2i)(8i) (d) (6i)(5i)2 .

81

82CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Exercise 1.8.9
Simplify and write the complex number as i, i, or 1.
(a) i40 (b) i223 (c) i2001 (d) i0 (e) i1 .
Exercise 1.8.10
Simplify
each product.


(a) 1 4 (b) 3 121.
Exercise 1.8.11
Simplify
each product.

(a) (4 + 81)(4 81) (b) (5 + 16)2 .

Exercise 1.8.12
The absolute value of a complex number a + bi is the real number

|a + bi| = a2 + b2 .
Find the indicated absolute value of each complex number.
(a) |5 + 12i| (b) |7 4i| (c) | 3i|.
Exercise 1.8.13
Establish that |a + bi| = |a bi|. That is, the absolute value of a complex
number and the absolute value of its conjugate are equal.
Exercise 1.8.14
Show that z z is purely imaginary and z + z is a real number.
Exercise 1.8.15
Let z1 = a1 + b1 i and z2 = a2 + b2 i. Show the following:
(a) z1 + z2 = z1 + z2 .
(b) z1 z2 = z1 z2 .
Exercise 1.8.16

Show that if x = 1 + i 3 then x2 2x + 4 = 0.

Exercise 1.8.17
Write the given complex number in the form z = a + bi.
(a) (3 + 5i) + (4 2i) (b) (3 + 5i) (4 2i) (c) (3 + 5i)(4 + 2i) (d) i23 .

1.8. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX NUMBERS

Exercise 1.8.18
Simplify and then write the complex number in the form z = a + bi.
3+5i
(a) 12i
.
7+3i
(b) 4i .
Exercise 1.8.19
Simplify and then write the complex number in the form z = a + bi.

( 12 3)(3 + 4).
Exercise 1.8.20
Find the indicated absolute value of each complex number.
(a) |3 + 4i| (b) |8 5i|.
Exercise 1.8.21
Show that z z is a real number.
Exercise 1.8.22
(a) Show that if z = z then z is a real number.
(b) Show that if z is a real number then z = z.

83

84CHAPTER 1. REVIEW OF BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

Chapter 2
Functions and Related Topics
Functions play an important role in mathematics. In fact, they play an important role in all forms of reality. Functions are a numerical description
of the actions we do everyday such as throwing a ball, or driving a car, or
figuring out the interest we have accrued in our savings accounts. Functions describe just about any action, reaction, or interaction through the
use of defining variables, both dependent and independent. Everything and
anything can be described by a function. Learning about functions is the
primary, fundamental step to learning about anything in math that follows.

85

86

2.1

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Functions and Function Notation

Functions play a crucial role in mathematics. A function describes how one

quantity depends on others. More precisely, when we say that a quantity y
is a function of a quantity x we mean a rule that assigns to every possible
value of x exactly one value of y. We call x the input and y the output. In
function notation we write
y = f (x).
Since y depends on x, it makes sense to call x the independent variable
and y the dependent variable.
In applications of mathematics, functions are often representations of real
world phenomena. Thus, the functions in this case are referred to as mathematical models. If the set of input values is a finite set then the models
are known as discrete models. Otherwise, the models are known as continuous models. For example, if H represents the temperature after t hours
for a specific day, then H is a discrete model. If A is the area of a circle of
radius r then A is a continuous model.
The Four Different Ways of Representating Functions
There are four common ways in which functions are presented and used: By
verbal descriptions, by tables, by graphs, and by formulas.
Example 2.1.1
The sales tax on an item is 6%. So if p denotes the price of the item and C
the total cost of buying the item then an item that is sold at $ 1 will cost
is C(1) = 1 + (0.06)(1) = $1.06. Likewise, if the item is sold at $2 then the
cost of buying the item is 2 + (0.06)(2) = $2.12, or C(2) = $2.12, and so on.
Thus, we have a relationship between the quantities C and p such that each
value of p determines exactly one value of C. In this case, we say that C is
a function of p. Describes this function using words, a table, a graph, and a
formula.
Solution.
Words: To find the total cost, multiply the price of the item by 0.06 and
add the result to the price.
Table: The chart below gives the total cost of buying an item at price p as
a function of p for 1 p 6.

2.1. FUNCTIONS AND FUNCTION NOTATION

p
C

87

1
2
3
4
5
6
1.06 2.12 3.18 4.24 5.30 6.36

Graph: The graph of the function C is obtained by plotting the data in

the above table. See Figure 2.1.1.
Formula: The formula that describes the relationship between C and p is
given by
C(p) = 1.06p

Figure 2.1.1
Recognizing a Function from a Table
A table can be viewed as a collection of ordered pairs (x, y). Thus, for a collection of data to define a function we need to show that every first component
x corresponds to exactly one component y. Hence, if there are ordered pairs
with the same x value but different y values then the collection of ordered
pairs is not a function.
Example 2.1.2
Identify the set of ordered pairs (x, y) that define y as a function of x.
(a) {(5, 10), (3, 2), (4, 7), (5, 8)}.
(b) {(2, 2), (3, 3), (7, 2)}.
Solution.
(a) The first set does not define a function since the ordered pairs (5, 10) and

88

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

(5, 8) have the same first component with different second components.
(b) This set defines a function since all the first components are different
Recognizing a Function from an Equation
Suppose that an equation in the variables x and y is given. If for a given
value of x, you solve the equation for y and you get exactly one value then
the equation defines a function.
Example 2.1.3
Identify the equations that define y as a function of x.
(a) x2 2y = 2.
(b) x2 + y 2 = 1.
Solution.
2
(a) Solving the equation for y we find y = x2 1. Thus, each value of x yields
exactly one value of y. This shows
that y is a function of x.
(b) Solving for y to obtain y = 1 x2 . Thus, if we let x = 0 then y = 1.
Hence, y is not a function of x. Usually, when the output is raised to an even
power, then the equation relating x and y is not a function
Recognizing a Function from a Graph
Next, suppose that the graph of a relationship between two quantities x and
y is given. To say that y is a function of x means that for each value of
x there is exactly one value of y. Graphically, this means that each vertical
line must intersect the graph at most once. Hence, to determine if a graph
represents a function one uses the following test:
Vertical Line Test: A graph is a function if and only if every vertical
line crosses the graph at most once.
According to the vertical line test and the definition of a function, if a vertical line cuts the graph more than once, the graph could not be the graph
of a function since we have multiple y values for the same xvalue and this
violates the definition of a function.
Example 2.1.4
Which of the graphs (a), (b), (c) in Figure 2.1.2 represent y as a function of

2.1. FUNCTIONS AND FUNCTION NOTATION

89

x?

Figure 2.1.2
Solution.
By the vertical line test, (b) represents a function whereas (a) and (c) fail to
represent functions since one can find a vertical line that intersects the graph
more than once
Evaluating a Function
By evaluating a function, we mean figuring out the output value corresponding to a given input value. Thus, notation like f (10) = 4 means that
the functions output, corresponding to the input 10, is equal to 4.
If the function is given by a formula, say of the form y = f (x), then to find
the output value corresponding to an input value a we replace the letter x
in the formula of f by the input a and then perform the necessary algebraic
operations to find the output value.
Example 2.1.5
2 +1
. Evaluate the following expressions:
Let g(x) = x5+x
(a) g(2) (b) g(a) (c) g(a) 2 (d) g(a) g(2).
Solution.
(a) g(2) =

22 +1
5+2

5
7

90

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

2

+1
(b) g(a) = a5+a
2 +1
(c) g(a) 2 = a5+a
2 5+a
=
5+a

(d) g(a) g(2) =

a2 +1
5+a

5
7

a2 2a9
5+a
7(a2 +1)
57 5+a
7(5+a)
5+a

7a2 5a18
7a+35

Domain and Range of a Function

If wetry to find the possible input values that can be used in the function
y = x 2 we see that we must restrict x to the interval [2, ), that is
x 2. Similarly, the function y = x12 takes only certain values for the output, namely, y > 0. Thus, a function is often defined for certain values of x
and the dependent variable often takes certain values.
The above discussion leads to the following definitions: By the domain of
a function we mean all possible input values that yield one output value.
Graphically, the domain is part of the horizontal axis. The range of a function is the collection of all possible output values. The range is part of the
vertical axis.
When finding the domain of a function, ask yourself what values cant be
used. Your domain is everything else. There are simple basic rules to consider:
The domain of all polynomial functions, i.e. functions of the form f (x) =
an xn + an1 xn1 + + a1 x + a0 , where n is non-negative integer, is the set
of all real numbers R.
Square root functions can not contain a negative underneath the radical.
Set the expression under the radical greater than or equal to zero and solve
for the variable. This will be your domain.
Rational functions, i.e. ratios of two functions, determine for which input
values the numerator and denominator are not defined and the domain is
everything else. For example, make sure not to divide by zero!
Example 2.1.6
Find, algebraically, the domain and the range of each of the following functions. Write your answers in interval notation:
1
(c) y = 2 + x1 .
(a) y = x2 (b) y = x4
Solution.
(a) Since the function is a polynomial, its domain is the interval (, ).
To find
pthe range, solve the given equation for x in terms of y obtaining
x = y . Thus, x exists for y 0. So the range is the interval [0, ).
1
(b) The domain of y = x4
consists of all numbers x such that x 4 > 0

2.1. FUNCTIONS AND FUNCTION NOTATION

91

or x > 4. That is, the interval (4, ). Before finding the range, notice that
y 0. Now, to find the range, we solve for x in terms of y > 0 obtaining
x = 4 + y12 . x exists for all y > 0. Thus, the range is the interval (0, ).
(c) The domain of y = 2+ x1 is the interval (, 0)(0, ). To find the range,
1
write x in terms of y to obtain x = y2
. The values of y for which this later
formula is defined is the range of the given function, that is, (, 2)(2, )
Remark 2.1.1
A few words in order about the previous example. If y = f (x) then solving
for x in terms of y is equivalent to finding the inverse function f 1 of f, a
concept that will be introduced in Section 2.4. For an inverse function, the
domain of f 1 is the range of f.

92

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercises
Exercise 2.1.1
Given f (x) = 3x2
1, find
(c) f (a) (d) f (x + h) (e) f (x + h) f (x).
(a) f (4) (b) f 13
Exercise 2.1.2
x
, find
Given f (x) = |x|
(a) f (4) (b) f (2) (c) f (x), x > 0 (d) f (x), x < 0.
Exercise 2.1.3
Identify the equations that define y as a function of x.
(a) 2x + 3y = 7.
(b) x + y 2
= 2.
(c) y = 4 x.
(d) y 2 = x2 .
Exercise 2.1.4
Identify the collection of ordered pairs (x, y) that define y as a function of x.
(a) {(2, 3), (5, 1), (4, 3), (7, 11)}.
(b) {(5, 10), (3, 2), (4, 7), (5, 8)}.
(c) {(1, 0), (2, 0), (3, 0)}.
Exercise 2.1.5
Determine the domain and the range of the function. Write answers in
interval notation.
(a) f (x) = 3x 4.
(b) g(x) = x2 + 2, x 0.
4
.
(c) h(x) = x+2

(d) i(x) = 4 x2 .
1
(e) j(x) = x+4
.
Exercise 2.1.6
Use the vertical line test to determine which of the following graphs are
graphs of functions.

2.1. FUNCTIONS AND FUNCTION NOTATION

93

Exercise 2.1.7
A manufacturer produces a product at a cost of $22.80 per unit. The manufacturer has a fixed cost of $400,000 per day. Each unit retails for $37.00.
Let x represent the number of units produced in a 5-day period.
(a) Write the total cost C as a function of x.
(b) Write the revenue R as a function of x.
(c) Write the profit P as a function of x.
Exercise 2.1.8
An open box is to be made from a square piece of cardboard having dimensions 30 inches by 30 inches by cutting out squares of area x2 from each
corner.
(a) Express the volume V of the box as a function of x.
(b) State the domain of V.
Exercise 2.1.9
If f (x) = x2 x 5 and f (c) = 1, find the value of c.
Exercise 2.1.10
Determine whether 1 is in the range of f (x) =

x1
.
x+1

94

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.1.11
Determine whether 0 is in the range of f (x) =

1
.
x3

Exercise 2.1.12
Suppose that weight w is a function of calorie intake c. Write the relationship
in function notation.
Exercise 2.1.13
Which of the graphs in the figure below represent y as a function of x?(Note
that an open circle indicates a point that is not included in the graph; a solid
dot indicates a point that is included in the graph.)

Exercise 2.1.14
Using the table below, graph n = f (A), the number of gallons of paint needed
to cover a house of area A. Identify the independent and dependent variables.

2.1. FUNCTIONS AND FUNCTION NOTATION

A
n

95

0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500

0 1
2
3
4
5
6

Exercise 2.1.15
Use the figure below to fill in the missing values:
(a) f (0) =? (b) f (?) = 0.

Exercise 2.1.16
(a) You are going to graph p = f (w). Which variable goes on the horizontal
axis?
(b) If f (4) = 10, give the coordinates of a point on the graph of f.
(c) If 6 is a solution of the equation f (w) = 1, give a point on the graph of
f.
Exercise 2.1.17
Label the axes for a sketch to illustrate the following statement:Graph, the
pressure, p, of a gas as a function of its volume, v, where p is in pounds per
square inch and v is in cubic inches.
Exercise 2.1.18
You are looking at the graph of y, a function of x.
(a) What is the maximum number of times that the graph can intersect the
yaxis? Explain.
(b) Can the graph intersect the xaxis an infinite number of times? Explain.
Exercise 2.1.19
Let f (t) be the number of people, in millions, who own cell phones t years
after 1990. Explain the meaning of the following statements:
(a) f (10) = 100.3 (b) f (a) = 20 (c) f (20) = b (d) f (t) = n.

96

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.1.20
According to the Social Security Administration (SSA), the most popular
name for male babies in 2001 was Jacob. However, this popularity is a
recent phenomenon. The table below gives the popularity ranking r of the
name Jacob for baby boys born t years after 1990 (so t = 0 is 1990). Ranking
of 1 means most popular, a ranking of 2 means second most popular, and so
forth.
(a) In what year did Jacob first become the most popular name?
(b) In what year did Jacob first enter the top ten most popular names?
(c) In what year(s) was Jacob among the top five most popular names?
t 0 1
r 20 16

2 3 4 5 6 7
15 11 7 5 3 2

8 9 10 11
2 1 1 1

Exercise 2.1.21
Match each story about a bike ride to one of the graphs (i)-(v), where d
represents the distance from home and t is time in hours since the start of
the ride.( A graph may be used more than once.)
(a) Starts 5 miles from home and rides 5 miles per hour away from home.
(b) Starts 5 miles from home and rides 10 miles per hour away from home.
(c) Starts 10 miles from home and arrives home one hour later.
(d) Starts 10 miles from home and is halfway home after one hour.
(e) Starts 5 miles from home and is 10 miles from home after one hour.

2.1. FUNCTIONS AND FUNCTION NOTATION

97

Exercise 2.1.22
A chemical company spends $2 million to buy machinary before it starts
producing chemicals. Then it spends $0.5 million on raw materials for each
million liters of chemical produced.
(a) The number of liters produced ranges from 0 to 5 million. Make a table
showing the relationship between the number of million liters produced, l,
and the total cost, C, in millions of dollars, to produce that number of million
liters.
(b) Find a formula that expresses C as a function of l.

Exercise 2.1.23
A person leaves home and walks due west for a time and then walks due
north.
(a) The person walks 10 miles in total. If w represents the (variable) distance
west she walks, and D represents her (variable) distance from home at the
end of her walk, is D a function of w? Why or why not?
(b) Suppose now that x is the distance that she walks in total. Is D a function
of x? Why or why not?
Exercise 2.1.24
Determine the range of y = f (x) = 1 +
Exercise 2.1.25
(x)
if f (x) =
Find the f (x+h)f
h

2
x1

algebraically.

x
.
x1

Exercise 2.1.26
Find the x and yintercepts of y 2 = x + 5. Plot them and connect them
with a curve. Does the curve represent a function?
Exercise 2.1.27
Show that x = |y + 3| does not define y as a function of x.
Exercise 2.1.28
Determine whether the table below defines y as a function of x.
x 0 1
5 1 3
y 0 1 0.5 5 7

98

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.1.29

Find the domain of f (x) = x2 + x + 6.

Exercise 2.1.30
Suppose that f has the domain 2 x 11. For what values of x, f (5x 8)
is defined?

2.2. THE ALGEBRA OF FUNCTIONS

2.2

99

The Algebra of Functions

In this section we are going to construct new functions from old ones using
the operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and composition.
Let f (x) and g(x) be two given functions. Then for all x in the common
domain of these two functions we define new functions as follows:

Sum: (f + g)(x) = f (x) + g(x).

Difference: (f g)(x) = f (x) g(x).
Product: (f
 g)(x) = f (x) g(x).
(x)
provided that g(x) 6= 0.
Quotient: fg (x) = fg(x)

Example 2.2.1

Let f (x) = x + 1 and g(x) = x + 3. Find the common domain and then
find a formula for each of the functions f + g, f g, f g, fg .
Solution.
The domain of f (x) consists of all real numbers whereas the domain of g(x)
consists of all numbers x 3. Thus, the common domain is the interval
[3, ). For any x in this domain we have

(f + g)(x) = x + 1 + x + 3.

(f g)(x) = x + 1 x + 3.

(f g)(x) = x x + 3 + x + 3.
 
f
x+1
provided x > 3
(x) =
g
x+3
Example 2.2.2
Let f (x) = x2 3x + 2 and g(x) = 2x 4. Evaluate the indicated function.
 




(a) (f + g) 21
(b) (f g)(1) (c) (f g) 52
(d) fg (11).
Solution.


(a) f ( 12 ) = 43 and g( 12 ) = 3 so that (f + g) 21 = 34 3 = 94 .
(b) f (1) = 6 and g(1) = 6 so that (f g)(1)
= 6 (6) = 12.


2
24
2
16
2
384
(c) f ( 5 ) = 25 and g( 5 ) = 5 so that (f
 g) 5 = 125 .
(d) f (11) = 90 and g(11) = 18 so that

f
g

(11) =

90
18

=5

100

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.2.3
Suppose the functions f and g are given in numerical forms. Complete the
following table:
x
f (x)
g(x)
(f + g)(x)
(f g)(x)
(f g)(x)
( fg )(x)

1 1 0
1
1
3
8
2
7
1 5 3
1 5 11 7
8
9

Solution.
x
f (x)
g(x)
(f + g)(x)
(f g)(x)
(f g)(x)
( fg )(x)

1
8
1
7
9
8
8

1
2
5
3
7
10
25

0
7
11
4
18
77
7
11

1
1
7
6
8
7
17

1
5
8
3
13
40
58

3
3
9
6
12
27
13

Example 2.2.4
Using the graphs of the functions f and g given in Figure 2.2.1, evaluate, if
possible, the following
 
(a) (f + g)(1) (b) (f g)(1) (c) (f g)(2) (d) fg (0).

Figure 2.2.1

2.2. THE ALGEBRA OF FUNCTIONS

101

Solution.
(a) Since f (1) = 3 and g(1) = 2, (f + g)(1) = 3 2 = 1.
(b) Since f (1) = 3 and g(1) = 1, (f g)(1) = 3 (1) = 4.
(c) Since f (2) = 2 and g(2) = 1, (f g)(2) = 2.
(d) Since f (0) = 3 and g(0) = 0, fg (0) is undefined
Difference Quotient
Difference quotients are what they say they are. They involve a difference
and a quotient. This is a common expression in calculus. It is used when
introducing a concept called the derivative. Geometrically, a difference quotient is the slope of a secant line between two points on a curve. The formula
for the difference quotient is:
f (x + h) f (x)
, h 6= 0.
h
Example 2.2.5
Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) = x2 .
Solution.
Since f (x + h) = (x + h)2 = x2 + 2hx + h2 , we obtain
(x2 + 2hx + h2 ) x2
f (x + h) f (x)
=
h
h
h(2x + h)
=
h
= 2x + h
Example 2.2.6
Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) =

1
.
x+2

Solution.
We have
f (x + h) f (x)
=
h

1
x+h+2

1
x+2

h
(x+h+2)(x+2)

1
=
(x + h + 2)(x + 2)

102

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.2.7

Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) = x.

Solution.
We have

f (x + h) f (x)
x+h x
=
h
h

( x + h x)( x + h + x)

( x + h + x)h
h
1
=
=

( x + h + x)h
x+h+ x
Composition of Functions
Suppose we are given two functions f and g such that the range of g is
contained in the domain of f so that the output of g can be used as input
for f. We define a new function, called the composition of f followed by g,
by the formula
(g f )(x) = g(f (x)).
Using a Venn diagram (See Figure 2.2.2) we have

Figure 2.2.2
Example 2.2.8
Suppose that f (x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) = x2 3.
(a) Find f g and g f.
(b) Calculate (f g)(5) and (g f )(3).
(c) Are f g and g f equal?

2.2. THE ALGEBRA OF FUNCTIONS

103

Solution.
(a) (f g)(x) = f (g(x)) = f (x2 3) = 2(x2 3) + 1 = 2x2 5. Similarly,
(g f )(x) = g(f (x)) = g(2x + 1) = (2x + 1)2 3 = 4x2 + 4x 2.
(b) (f g)(5) = 2(5)2 5 = 45 and (g f )(3) = 4(3)2 + 4(3) 2 = 22.
(c) f g 6= g f
With only one function you can build new functions using composition of
the function with itself. Also, there is no limit on the number of functions
that can be composed.
Example 2.2.9
Suppose that f (x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) = x2 3.
(a) Find (f f )(x).
(b) Find [f (f g)](x).
Solution.
(a) (f f )(x) = f (f (x)) = f (2x + 1) = 2(2x + 1) + 1 = 4x + 3.
(b) [f (f g)](x) = f (f (g(x))) = f (f (x2 3)) = f (2x2 5) = 2(2x2 5)+1 =
4x2 9
Decomposing Functions
Next, we explore how we can decompose a composite function into two
seperate functions. In general, there might be several ways for decomposing
a function.
Example 2.2.10
Decompose h(x) = x2 + 1 into simpler functions.
Solution.
We want to findf (x) and g(x) such that h(x) = f (g(x)). One suchan answer is f (x) = x + 1 and g(x) = x2 . Another answer is f (x) = x and
g(x) = x2 + 1
Increasing, Decreasing, and Constant Functions
A function f is said to be increasing on an interval I if f (a) < f (b) whenever a < b where a, b I. Geometrically, the graph of f goes up from left to
right. A function f is said to be decreasing if f (a) < f (b) whenever a < b
where a, b I. Geometrically, the graph of f falls down as x moves from left
to right. A function f is said to be constant in I if f (x) = k for all x I.
In this case, the graph of f is a horizontal line on I.

104

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.2.11
Determine the intervals where the function, given in Figure 2.2.3, is increasing
and decreasing.

Figure 2.2.3
Solution.
The function is increasing on (, 1) (1, ) and decreasing on the interval (1, 1)
Example 2.2.12
Show that the function f (x) = 2x 3 is always increasing by using the
definition of increasing.
Solution.
Suppose a < b. Then f (a) f (b) = 2a 3 2b + 3 = 2(a b) < 0. That is,
f (a) < f (b) which means that f is increasing
Example 2.2.13
Show that the function f (x) =
tion of decreasing.

1
x

is decreasing for x > 0 by using the defini-

Solution.
Suppose 0 < a < b. Then f (a) f (b) =
which means that f is decreasing

1
a

1b =

ba
ab

> 0. Hence, f (a) > f (b)

2.2. THE ALGEBRA OF FUNCTIONS

105

Exercises
Exercise 2.2.1
Use the given functions f and g to find f + g, f g, f g, and
domain of each.
f (x) = x2 2x 15, g(x) = x + 3.
Exercise 2.2.2
Use the given functions f and g to find f + g, f g, f g, and
domain of each.
f (x) = x3 2x2 + 7x, g(x) = x.
Exercise 2.2.3
Use the given functions f and g to find f + g, f g, f g, and
domain of each.

f
.
g

State the

f
.
g

State the

f
.
g

State the

f
.
g

State the

f (x) = 2x2 + 5x 7, g(x) = 2x2 + 3x 5.

Exercise 2.2.4
Use the given functions f and g to find f + g, f g, f g, and
domain of each.

f (x) = 4 x2 , g(x) = 2 + x.

Exercise 2.2.5
Evaluate the indicated function, where f (x) = x2 3x + 2 and g(x) 
= 2x

4.




(a) (f + g)(5) (b) (f + g) 32 (c) (f g)(3) (d) (f g) 52 (e) fg 21 .
Exercise 2.2.6
Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) = 3x + 4.
Exercise 2.2.7
Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) = 4x2 + 3x 2.
Exercise 2.2.8

Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) = x + 1.

Exercise 2.2.9
Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) =

3
.
x+1

106

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.2.10
Find the difference quotient of the function f (x) =

x
.
x+1

Exercise 2.2.11
Find f g and g f where f (x) = 3x + 5 and g(x) = 2x 7.
Exercise 2.2.12
Find f g and g f where f (x) = x3 + 2x and g(x) = 5x.
Exercise 2.2.13
Find f g and g f where f (x) =

2
x+1

Exercise 2.2.14
Find f g and g f where f (x) =

1
x2

Exercise 2.2.15
Find f g and g f where f (x) =

3
|5x|

and g(x) = 3x 5.

and g(x) =

x 1.

and g(x) = x2 .

Exercise 2.2.16
Evaluate each composite function where f (x) = 2x + 3, g(x) = x2 5x,
and h(x) = 4 3x2 .
(a) (f g)(3) (b) (h g)

2
5

Exercise 2.2.17
Decompose the function h(x) =

(c) (g f )( 3) (d) (h f )(2c).

2
(x2 +3x+1)3

into simpler functions.

Exercise 2.2.18
Decompose the function h(x) = (2x + 1)3 into simpler functions.
Exercise 2.2.19
Decompose the function h(x) =

4
(5x2 +2)2

into simpler functions.

Exercise 2.2.20

Decompose the function h(x) = 3 x2 1 into simpler functions.

2.2. THE ALGEBRA OF FUNCTIONS

107

Exercise 2.2.21
Use the following graph of f to determine its intervals of increase and decrease.

Exercise 2.2.22
Use the following graph of f to determine its intervals of increase and decrease.

Exercise 2.2.23
Use the following graph of f to determine its intervals of increase and decrease
and where the function is constant.

108

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.2.24
Use the following graph of f to determine its intervals of increase and decrease
and where the function is constant.

Exercise 2.2.25

Find each function and state its domain: f (x) = x + 1 and g(x) = x 1.
(a) (f + g)(x) (b) (f g)(x) (c) (f g)(x) (d) fg (x).
Exercise 2.2.26
Suppose the functions f and g are given in numerical forms. Complete the
following table:
x
2 1 0 1 2 3
f (x)
5
2
1 2 5 10
g(x)
7 0
1 2 9 28
(f + g)(x)
(f g)(x)
(f g)(x)
( fg )(x)

2.2. THE ALGEBRA OF FUNCTIONS

109

Exercise 2.2.27
Use the graphs of the functions f and g given below to Complete the following
table:
x
2 1
f (x)
g(x)
(f + g)(x)
(f g)(x)
(f g)(x)
( fg )(x)

Exercise 2.2.28
Find the difference quotient of f (x) =

0 1 2

x3
.
5x

Exercise 2.2.29
(a) Find (f g)(x) where f (x) = 3x and
g(x) = 2x2 5.

3
(b) Suppose that h(x) = f (g(x)) = 2x + 1. Find possible formulas for f
and g.
Exercise 2.2.30
Use the following graph of f to determine its intervals of increase and decrease and where the function is constant.

110

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

2.3

111

Transformations of Functions

Throughout this section we consider the relationship between changes made

to the formula of a function and the corresponding changes made to its graph.
The resulting changes in the graph will consist of shifting, flipping, compressing, and stretching of the original graph.
Reflections and Symmetry
Reflections occur when either the input or the output of a function is multiplied by 1.
Reflection about the xaxis
For a given function f (x), the points (x, f (x)) and (x, f (x)) are on opposite
sides of the xaxis. So the graph of the new function f (x) is the reflection
of the graph of f (x) about the xaxis.
Example 2.3.1
Graph the functions f (x) = x2 and f (x) = x2 on the same axes.
Solution.
The graphs of both f (x) = x2 (in red) and f (x) (in green) are shown in
Figure 2.3.1

Figure 2.3.1
Reflection About the yaxis
We know that the points (x, f (x)) and (x, f (x)) are on opposite sides of
the yaxis. So the graph of the new function f (x) is the reflection of the
graph of f (x) about the yaxis.

112

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.3.2
Graph the functions f (x) = (x + 1)3 and f (x) = (x + 1)3 on the same
axes.
Solution.
The graphs of both f (x) (in red) and f (x) (in green) are shown in Figure
2.3.2

Figure 2.3.2

Symmetry About the yaxis

When constructing the graph of f (x) sometimes you will find that this new
graph is the same as the graph of the original function. That is, the reflection
of the graph of f (x) about the y-axis is the same as the graph of f (x),i.e.,
f (x) = f (x). In this case, we say that the graph of f (x) is symmetric
about the y-axis. We call such a function an even function.
Example 2.3.3
(a) Using a graphing calculator show that the function f (x) = (x x3 )2 is
even.
(b) Now show that f (x) is even algebraically.
Solution.
(a) The graph of f (x) is symmetric about the yaxis so that f (x) is even.
See Figure 2.3.3.
(b) Since f (x) = (x (x)3 )2 = (x + x3 )2 = [(x x3 )]2 = (x x3 )2 =

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

113

f (x), f (x) is even

Figure 2.3.3
Symmetry About the Origin
Now, if the images f (x) and f (x) are of opposite signs , i.e., f (x) =
f (x), then the graph of f (x) is symmetric about the origin. In this case,
we say that f (x) is odd. Alternatively, since f (x) = f (x), if the graph
of a function is reflected first across the yaxis and then across the xaxis
and you get the graph of f (x) again then the function is odd.
Example 2.3.4
(a) Using a graphing calculator show that the function f (x) =
(b) Now show that f (x) is odd algebraically.

1+x2
xx3

is odd.

Solution.
(a) The graph of f (x) is symmetric about the origin so that f (x) is odd. See
Figure 2.3.4.
1+(x)2
1+x2
1+x2
(b) Since f (x) = (x)(x)
3 = x+x3 = (xx3 ) = f (x), f (x) is odd

Figure 2.3.4
A function can be either even, odd, neither, or both.

114

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.3.5
(a) Show that the function f (x) = x2 is even but not odd.
(b) Show that the function f (x) = x3 is odd but not even.
(c) Show that the function f (x) = x + x2 is neither odd nor even.
(d) Is there a function that is both even and odd? Explain.
Solution.
(a) Since f (x) = (x)2 = x2 = f (x) and f (x) 6= f (x), f (x) is even but
not odd.
(b) Since f (x) = (x)3 = x3 = f (x) and f (x) 6= f (x), f (x) is odd
but not even.
(c) Since f (x) = x + x2 6= f (x), f (x) is neither even nor odd.
(d) We are looking for a function such that f (x) = f (x) and f (x) =
f (x). This implies that f (x) = f (x) or 2f (x) = 0. Dividing by 2 to obtain f (x) = 0. This function is both even and odd. This is the only function
that is both even and odd. Its graph is the xaxis
Vertical and Horizontal Shifts
Given the graph of a function, by shifting this graph vertically or horizontally
one gets the graph of a new function. In this section we want to find the
formula for this new function using the formula of the original function.
Vertical Shifts ( Fixing x and Changing y)
We start with an example of a vertical shift.
Example 2.3.6
(a) Graph the functions f (x) = x2 and g(x) = x2 + 1. How does the graph
of g(x) compare to the graph of f (x)?
(b) Graph the functions f (x) = x2 and h(x) = x2 1.How does the graph of
h(x) compare to the graph of f (x)?
Solution.
(a) In Figure 2.3.5(a) we have included the graph of g(x) = x2 +1 = f (x)+1.
This shows that the graph of g(x) is obtained by moving the graph of f (x)
up 1 unit.
(b) Figure 2.3.5(b) shows the graph of both f (x) and h(x) = f (x) 1. The
graph of h(x) is obtained by moving the graph of f (x) 1 unit down

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

115

Figure 2.3.5
In general, if c > 0, the graph of f (x) + c is obtained by shifting the graph
of f (x) upward a distance of c units. The graph of f (x) c is obtained by
shifting the graph of f (x) downward a distance of c units.
Horizontal Shifts (Fixing y and Changing x)
This discussion parallels the one about vertical shifts. Follow the same general directions.
Example 2.3.7
(a) Graph the functions f (x) = x2 and g(x) = (x + 1)2 = f (x + 1). How does
the graph of g(x) compare to the graph of f (x)?
(b) Graph the functions f (x) = x2 and h(x) = (x 1)2 = f (x 1). How does
the graph of h(x) compare to the graph of f (x)?
Solution.
(a) In Figure 2.3.6(a) we have included the graph of g(x) = (x + 1)2 . We see
that the new graph is obtained from the old one by shifting to the left 1 unit.
This is as expected since the value of x2 at x = 0 is the same as the value of
(x + 1)2 at x = 1.
(b) Similar to (a), we see in Figure 2.3.6(b) that we get the graph of h(x) by
moving the graph of f (x) to the right 1 unit

116

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Figure 2.3.6
In general, if c > 0, the graph of f (x + c) is obtained by shifting the graph
of f (x) to the left a distance of c units. The graph of f (x c) is obtained by
shifting the graph of f (x) to the right a distance of c units.
Remark 2.3.1
Be careful when translating graph horizontally. In determing the direction of
horizontal shifts we look for the value of x that would cause the expression
between parentheses equal to 0. For example, the graph of f (x5) = (x5)2
is the graph of f (x) = x2 shifted 5 units to the right since +5 would cause the
quantity x5 to equal 0. On the other hand, the graph of f (x+5) = (x+5)2
is the graph of f (x) = x2 shifted 5 units to the left since 5 would cause the
expression x + 5 to equal 0.

Combinations of Vertical and Horizontal Shifts

One can use a combination of both horizontal and vertical shifts to create
new functions as shown in the next example.
Example 2.3.8
Let f (x) = x2 . Let g(x) be the function obtained by shifting the graph of
f (x) two units to the right and then up three units. Find a formula for g(x)
and then draw its graph.
Solution.
The formula of g(x) is g(x) = f (x 2) + 3 = (x 2)2 + 3 = x2 4x + 7.
The graph of g(x) consists of a horizontal shift of x2 of two units to the right
followed by a vertical shift of three units upward. See Figure 2.3.7

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

117

Figure 2.3.7
Combinations of Shifts and Reflections
We can obtain more complex functions by combining the horizontal and
vertical shifts with the horizontal and vertical reflections.
Example 2.3.9
Let f (x) = x3 .
(a) Suppose that g(x) is the function obtained from f (x) by first reflecting
about the yaxis, then translating down three units. Write a formula for
g(x).
(b) Suppose that h(x) is the function obtained from f (x) by first translating
up two units and then reflecting about the xaxis. Write a formula for h(x).
Solution.
(a) g(x) = f (x) 3 = x3 3.
(b) h(x) = (f (x) + 2) = x3 2
Vertical Stretches and Compressions
We have seen that for a positive k, the graph of f (x) + k is a vertical shift of
the graph of f (x) upward and the graph of f (x) k is a vertical shift down.
Next, we want to study the effect of multiplying a function by a constant k.
This will result by either a vertical stretch or vertical compression.
A vertical stretching is the stretching of the graph away from the xaxis.
A vertical compression is the squeezing of the graph towards the xaxis.

118

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.3.10
Let f (x) = x2 .
(a) Graph the functions 2f (x) and 3f (x) on the same axes. What do you
notice?
(b) Graph the functions 12 f (x) and 13 f (x) on the same axes. What do you
notice?
Solution.
(a) Figure 2.3.8(a) shows that the graphs of 2f (x) and 3f (x) are vertical
stretches of the graph of f (x) by a factor of 2 and 3 respectively.
(b) Figure 2.3.8(b) shows that the graphs of 12 f (x) and 13 f (x) are vertical
compressions of the graph of f (x) by a factor of 21 and 13 respectively

Figure 2.3.8
Summary
It follows that if a function f (x) is given, then the graph of kf (x) is a
vertical stretch of the graph of f (x) by a factor of k for k > 1, and a vertical
compression for 0 < k < 1.
What about k < 0? If |k| > 1 then the graph of kf (x) is a vertical stretch of
the graph of f (x) followed by a reflection about the xaxis. If 0 < |k| < 1
then the graph of kf (x) is a vertical compression of the graph of f (x) by a
factor of k followed by a reflection about the xaxis.
Example 2.3.11
(a) Graph the functions f (x) = x2 , 2f (x), and 3f (x) on the same axes.
How do they compare?
(b) Graph the functions f (x) = x2 , 21 f (x), and - 13 f (x) on the same axes.
How do they compare?

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

119

Solution.
(a) Figure 2.3.9(a) shows that the graphs of 2f (x) and 3f (x) are vertical
stretches followed by reflections about the x-axis of the graph of f (x)
(b) Figure 2.3.9(b) shows that the graphs of 12 f (x) and 13 f (x) are vertical
compressions of the graph of f (x)

Figure 2.3.9
Combinations of Shifts
Any transformations of vertical, horizontal shifts, reflections, vertical stretches
or compressions can be combined to generate new functions. In this case,
always work from inside the parentheses outward.
Example 2.3.12
How do you obtain the graph of g(x) = 21 f (x + 3) 1 from the graph of
f (x)?
Solution.
The graph of g(x) is obtained by first shifting the graph of f (x) to the left
by 3 units then the resulting graph is compressed vertically by a factor of 21
followed by a reflection about the xaxis and finally moving the graph down
by 1 unit
Horizontal Stretches and Compressions
A vertical stretch or compression results from multiplying the outside of a
function by a constant k. We will see that multiplying the inside of a function
by a constant k results in either a horizontal stretch or compression.
A horizontal stretching is the stretching of the graph away from the
yaxis. A horizontal compression is the squeezing of the graph towards
the yaxis. We consider first the effect of multiplying the input by k > 1.

120

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.3.13
Consider the function f (x) = x2 .
(a) Graph the functiosn f (x), f (2x), and f (3x) on the same axes. How do
they compare?
(a) Graph the functiosn f (x), f ( 21 x), and f ( 31 x) on the same axes. How do
they compare?
Solution.
(a) Figure 2.3.10(a) shows that the graphs of f (2x) = (2x)2 = 4x2 and
f (3x) = (3x)2 = 9x2 are horizontal compressions of the graph of f (x) by a
factor of 12 and 13 respectively.
(b) Figure 2.3.10(b) shows that the graphs of f ( x2 ) and f ( x3 ) are horizontal
stretches of the graph of f (x) by a factor of 2 and 3 respectively

Figure 2.3.10
Summary
It follows from the above two examples that if a function f (x) is given, then
the graph of f (kx) is a horizontal stretch of the graph of f (x) by a factor of
1
for 0 < k < 1, and a horizontal compression for k > 1.
k
What about k < 0? If |k| > 1 then the graph of f (kx) is a horizontal
1
compression of the graph of f (x) by a factor of |k|
followed by a reflection
about the yaxis. If 0 < |k| < 1 then the graph of f (kx) is a horizontal
1
stretch of the graph of f (x) by a factor of |k|
followed by a reflection about
the yaxis.
Example 2.3.14
(a) Graph the functions f (x) = x3 , f (2x), and f (3x) on the same axes.
How do they compare?
(b) Graph the functions f (x) = x3 , f ( x2 ), and f ( x3 ) on the same axes.
How do they compare?

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

121

Solution.
(a) Figure 2.3.11(a) shows that the graphs of f (2x) and f (3x) are vertical
stretches followed by reflections about the yaxis of the graph of f (x).
(b) Figure 2.3.11(b) shows that the graphs of f ( x2 ) f ( x3 ) are horizontal
stretches of the graph of f (x)

Figure 2.3.11

122

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercises
Exercise 2.3.1
Determine whether the function f (x) = x4 3x2 +10 is even, odd, or neither.
Exercise 2.3.2
Determine whether the function f (x) = x3 3x + 7 is even, odd, or neither.
Exercise 2.3.3
Determine whether the function f (x) = x5 3x3 +7x is even, odd, or neither.
Exercise 2.3.4
Determine whether the function f (x) =

x2 +1
x3 x

is even, odd, or neither.

Exercise 2.3.5
Given a function f (x). Show that g(x) = 12 [f (x) + f (x)] is even and h(x) =
1
[f (x) f (x)] is odd.
2
Exercise 2.3.6
Show that any function f (x) can be written as the sum of an even function
and an odd function.
Exercise 2.3.7
Determine which of the following functions are even, odd, or neither by their
graphs.

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

123

Exercise 2.3.8

Graph the function f (x) = x. Using an appropriate transformation, graph

each of the
following functions:
(a) y = x 2.
x 2.
(b) y =
(c) y = x.
(d) y =
2 x.
(e) y = x.
Exercise 2.3.9
Find an algebraic expression for the function that is found from y = f (x)
by shifting to the right by 5 units, then compressing horizontally by 3 units,
and then reflecting about the yaxis.
Exercise 2.3.10
Find the formula for the graph obtained from the graph of y = |x| using a
shift left two units, then a vertical stretch by a factor of 2, and finally a shift
down of 4 units.
Exercise 2.3.11
How do you obtain the graph of y = f (3 x) from the graph of y = f (x)?
Exercise 2.3.12
Given the graph of f (x).

Sketch the graph of

(a) y = f (x) 3.
(b) y = f (x + 1).
(c) y = f (x 2) + 1.
(d) y = f (x + 1).
(e) y = f (x) 2.

124

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.3.13

Start with the function f (x) = x, and write the function which results from
the given transformations. Then decide if the results from parts (a) and (b)
are equivalent.
(a) Shift upward 7 units, then right 2 units.
(b) Shift right 2 units, then upward 7 units.
(c) Do parts (a) and (b) yield the same function?
Exercise 2.3.14
Write the equation for the graph of function g(x), obtained by shifting the
graph of f (x) = x2 three units left, stretching the graph vertically by a factor
of two, reflecting that result over the xaxis, and then translating the graph
up four units.
Exercise 2.3.15
Given the graph of the function f (x) shown below.

Sketch the graphs of:

(a) y = f (x + 1).
(b) y = f (x) 2.
(c) y = f (x).
(d) y = f (x).
(e) y = 2f (x).

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

125

Exercise 2.3.16
In what follows fill in the blank:
, we translate the graph of y = |x| to
(a) To obtain the graph of
the left by 3 units.
(b) To obtain the graph of y = |x|, we
of y = |x|
.
(c) To obtain the graph of y = x + 5, we
the graph of y = x + 5
(e) To obtain the graph of
we stretch the graph of y = x + 5
vertically by a factor of 3.
(f) To obtain the graph of y = 4x3 6 we translate the graph of
downward by 6 units.
1
(g) To obtain the graph of y = x+5
we
the graph of y = x1
.
(h) To obtain the graph of y = 4x2 we compress the graph of
horizontally by a factor of 12 .
(i) To obtain the graph of y = 4x2 we expand the graph of
vertically by a factor of 4.
(j) To obtain the graph of
we translate of y = x3 to the left by 8
units.
the graph of y = |x|
(k) To obtain the graph of y = |6x| we
(l) To obtain the graph of y = x2 we

the graph of y = x2

Exercise 2.3.17
Let f (x) = x3 . Write the transformation in each case that follows:
(a) Shift right 7 units, then reflect in the xaxis, then stretch vertically by
a factor of 5, then shift upward 1 unit.
(b) Reflect in the xaxis, then shift right 7 units, then stretch vertically by
a factor of 5, then shift upward 1 unit.
(c) Stretch vertically by a factor of 5, then shift downward 1 unit, then shift
right 7 units, then reflect in the xaxis.
(d) Shift right 7 units, then shift upward 1 unit, then reflect in the xaxis,
then stretch vertically by a factor of 5.
(e) Reflect in the xaxis, then shift left 7 units, then stretch vertically by a
factor of 5, then shift upward 1 unit.
Pictured below is the graph of a function f (x).

126

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Use this graph to answer Exercises 2.3.18 - 2.3.19.

Exercise 2.3.18
Sketch the graph of
(a) y = 12 f (x).
(b) y = f (x) + 2.
Exercise 2.3.19
Sketch the graph of y = 2f (x) 3.
Exercise 2.3.20
Pictured below is the graph of f (x).

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

Sketch the graph of
(a) y = f (x) + 2.
(b) y = f (x + 2).
Exercise 2.3.21
Pictured below is the graph of h(x).

Match the following four functions with their

graphs.
(a) 3h(x) (b) 13 h(x) (c) h(3x) (d) h 13 x .

127

128

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.3.22
Pictured below is the graph of f (x).

Match the following two functions with their graphs.

(a) f (x) (b) f (x)

Exercise 2.3.23

Given
the graph of f (x) = x. Use transformations to graph f (x) = 1

1 + x.
Exercise 2.3.24

Suppose you want to graph f (x) = 3 x + 1 7 using transformations. List

a possible sequence of transformations that lead to the desired graph.
Exercise 2.3.25

Suppose you want to graph f (x) = x + 2 + 7 using transformations. List

a possible sequence of transformations that lead to the desired graph.
Exercise 2.3.26

Sketch the graph of f (x) = 3 x + 2 7 using transformations.

2.3. TRANSFORMATIONS OF FUNCTIONS

129

Exercise 2.3.27
Sketch the graph of f (x) = |x 3| 2 using transformations.
Exercise 2.3.28
Determine algebraically if the equation x2 + y 2 = 9 is symmetric with respect
to the xaxis, the yaxis, or the origin.
Exercise 2.3.29
The following functions are transformations of y = |x|. Determine each functions equation.

Exercise 2.3.30
Pictured below is the graph of f (x).

Sketch the graph of y = f (x 1) + 2.

130

2.4

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

One-to-one and Inverse Functions

In Chapter 5, the logarithmic function is defined as the inverse function of

the exponential function. The purpose of this section is to introduce the concept of an inverse function. A requirement for a function to have an inverse
is that it is one-to-one, a concept that we introduce next.
One-To-One Functions
A function f is said to be one-to-one if no two or more inputs share the
same image1 . Algebraically, if x1 6= x2 then f (x1 ) 6= f (x2 ). Geometrically,
one can show that the graph of a function is one-to-one if every horizontal
line crosses the graph at most once. We refer to this test as the horizontal
line test.
Example 2.4.1
Decide whether or not the function is one-to-one.

Figure 2.4.1
1

Alternatively, every output corresponds to a unique input. Algebraically, this says

that if f (x1 ) = f (x2 ) then x1 = x2 .

2.4. ONE-TO-ONE AND INVERSE FUNCTIONS

131

Solution.
Only (b) is one-to-one function
Example 2.4.2
Show, algebraically, that the function f (x) = 3x 2 is one-to-one.
Solution.
Suppose that f (x1 ) = f (x2 ). Then 3x1 2 = 3x2 2. Adding 2 to both sides
and then dividing by 3 to obtain x1 = x2 . That is, f is one-to-one
Example 2.4.3
Show that the function f (x) = x2 is not one-to-one
Solution.
All we need to do is to find two different inputs with the same output. One
such an example is x1 = 1 and x2 = 1. Note that f (x1 ) = f (x2 ) = 1. Hence,
f is not one-to-one
Example 2.4.4
Show that if f is increasing (respectively decreasing) on its domain then f
is one-to-one.
Solution.
Suppose that x1 6= x2 . For simplicity, suppose that x1 < x2 . Since f is
increasing, we have f (x1 ) < f (x2 ). This implies that f (x1 ) 6= f (x2 ). Hence,
f is one-to-one
Example 2.4.5
Determine which function is one-to-one.
(a) f = {(1, 2), (3, 4), (6, 10), (8, 10)}.
(b) f = {(1, 2), (3, 4), (6, 10), (8, 11)}.
Solution.
(a) f is not one-to-one since the inputs 6 and 8 share the same output 10.
(b) f is one-to-one
Inverse Functions
An important feature of one-to-one functions is that they can be used to
build new functions. So suppose that f is a one-to-one function. A new
function, called the inverse function (denoted by f 1 ), is defined such that
if f takes an input x to an output y then f 1 takes y as its input and x as
its output. That is,

132

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

f (x) = y if and only if f 1 (y) = x.

When a function has an inverse then we say that the function is invertible.
It follows from Example 2.4.4 that if a function is always increasing or always
decreasing then it is invertible.
Example 2.4.6
Are the following functions invertible?

Figure 2.4.2
Solution.
(a), (c), and (d) are invertible functions
Remark 2.4.1
It is important not to confuse between f 1 (x) and (f (x))1 . The later is just
1
the reciprocal of f (x), that is, (f (x))1 = f (x)
whereas the former is how the
inverse function is represented.
Finding a Formula for the Inverse Function
How do you find the formula for f 1 from the formula of f ? The procedure
consists of the following steps:
1. Replace f (x) with y.
2. Interchange the letters x and y.
3. Solve for y in terms of x.
4. Replace y with f 1 (x).

2.4. ONE-TO-ONE AND INVERSE FUNCTIONS

133

Example 2.4.7
Find the formula for the inverse function of f (x) = x3 + 1.
Solution.
f (x) is invertible by Exercise 2.4.2. We find its inverse as follows:
1. Replace f (x) with y to obtain y = x3 + 1.
2. Interchange x and y to obtain x = y 3 +
1.
3
1.
3. Solve for y to obtain y = x 1 or y = 3 x
3
1
1
4. Replace y with f (x) to obtain f (x) = x 1
Domain and Range of an Inverse Function
Figure 2.4.3 shows the relationship between f and f 1 .

Figure 2.4.3
This figure shows that we get the inverse of a function by simply reversing
the direction of the arrows. That is, the outputs of f are the inputs of f 1
and the outputs of f 1 are the inputs of f. It follows that
Domain of f 1 = Range of f

and Range of f 1 = Domain of f.

Example 2.4.8

Consider the function f (x) = x 4.

(a) Find the domain and the range of f (x).
(b) Use the horizontal line test to show that f (x) has an inverse.
(c) Find a formula for f 1 (x).
(d) What are the domain and range of f 1 ?
Solution.
(a) The function f (x) is defined for all x 4. That is, the domain is [4, ).

134

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

The range is the interval [0, ).

(b) Graphing f (x), we see that f (x) satisfies the horizontal line test and so
f has an inverse. See
Figure 2.4.4.
(c)
We
have
y
=
x 4. Interchange the letters x and y to obtain x =

y 4. Square both sides and solve for y to find y = f 1 (x) = x2 + 4.

(d) The domain of f 1 is the range of f, i.e. the interval [0, ). The range
of f 1 is the domain of f , that is, the interval [4, )

Figure 2.4.4
Compositions of f and its Inverse
Suppose that f is an invertible function. Then the expressions y = f (x) and
x = f 1 (y) are equivalent. So if x is in the domain of f then
f 1 (f (x)) = f 1 (y) = x
and for y in the domain of f 1 we have
f (f 1 (y)) = f (x) = y.
It follows that for two functions f and g to be inverses of each other we must
have f (g(x)) = x for all x in the domain of g and g(f (x)) = x for all x in
the domain of f. That is, the two functions undo each other.
Example 2.4.9
Check that the pair of functions f (x) = x4 32 and g(x) = 4(x+ 32 ) are inverses
of each other.
Solution.
The domain and range of both functions consist of the set of all real numbers.
Thus, for any real number x we have
4x + 6 3
3
f (g(x)) = f (4(x + )) = f (4x + 6) =
= x.
2
4
2

2.4. ONE-TO-ONE AND INVERSE FUNCTIONS

135

and
x 3
x 3 3
g(f (x)) = g( ) = 4( + ) = x.
4 2
4 2 2
So f and g are inverses of each other
Graph of the inverse function
Given an invertible function f. If A(x, y) belongs on the graph of f then
B(y, x) is on the graph of f 1 . If M

is the midpoint of the line segment
x+y x+y
connecting A to B then M 2 , 2 . Hence, M is on the graph of the line
y = x. It follows that the graph of f 1 is the reflection of the graph of f
about the line y = x. See Figure 2.4.5.

Figure 2.4.5
Example 2.4.10
Show that the function f (x) = 2x + 1 is invertible. Graph f (x) and f 1 (x)
on the same window.
Solution.
Suppose that f (x1 ) = f (x2 ). Then 2x1 + 1 = 2x2 + 1. Subtracting 1 from
both sides and then dividing by 2, we find x1 = x2 . Hence, f is one-to-one
and so invertible. The graphs of f and f 1 are shown in Figure 2.4.6

136

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Figure 2.4.6

2.4. ONE-TO-ONE AND INVERSE FUNCTIONS

137

Exercises
Exercise 2.4.1
Show that f (x) = xn x, where n > 0 is not one-to-one
Exercise 2.4.2
Show, algebraically, that the function f (x) = x3 + 1 is one-to-one.
Exercise 2.4.3
Show that if f and g are one-to-one then f g is also one-to-one.
Exercise 2.4.4
Use the above exercise to show that h(x) = (3x 1)3 + 1 is one-to-one.
Exercise 2.4.5
Suppose f = {(2, 4), (1, 1), (0, 0), (1, 1)}. Is f one-to-one?
Exercise 2.4.6
Use the graph to determine whether the function is one-to-one.

Exercise 2.4.7
Which of the following graphs represent functions? one-to-one functions?

138

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.4.8
A function g is given in the Venn diagram below. Is this function one-to-one?

Exercise 2.4.9
Show that the function f (x) = x2 with x 0 is one-to-one.
Exercise 2.4.10
Determine whether the following functions are one-to-one. Justify your answer with the technique of your choice.
(a) y = x2 x (b) y = 5x 2 (c) y = 2 x (d) y = x2x9 .
Exercise 2.4.11
Show that the function f (x) = 2x3 + 5 is invertible and find its inverse.

2.4. ONE-TO-ONE AND INVERSE FUNCTIONS

139

Exercise 2.4.12
Show that the function f (x) = (5x 1)3 is invertible and find its inverse.
Exercise 2.4.13
Using a graphing calculator, show that the function f (x) =
and find its inverse.

x+4
3x5

is invertible

Exercise 2.4.14

Show that the function f (x) = 32 x 25 , x 0 is invertible and find its

inverse.
Exercise 2.4.15
The graph of an invertible function g is shown below. Find the domain and
the range of g 1 .

Exercise 2.4.16
Are the following
functions inverses of each other: f (x) = 2(x 2)3 and

3
g(x) = 2 + 24x ?
Exercise 2.4.17
Are the following functions inverses of each other: f (x) = 4 32 x and g(x) =
x
+ 32 ?
2
Exercise 2.4.18
1
Consider the function f (x) = x1
.
(a) Find the domain and range of f.
(b) Find the inverse of f.
(c) Find the domain and range of f 1 .
Exercise 2.4.19

Consider the function f (x) = x3 + 5.

(a) Find the domain and range of f.
(b) Find the inverse of f.
(c) Find the domain and range of f 1 .

140

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.4.20
Find the inverse of the function f = {(10, 5), (7, 9), (0, 6), (8, 12)}.
Exercise 2.4.21
Which of the following pairs of functions graphed below are inverses of each
other?

Exercise 2.4.22
Suppose that f 1 (5) = 3. Find f (3).
Exercise 2.4.23

Let f (x) = 4x + 4.
(a) Find the domain and range of f (x).
(b) Show that f is one-to-one.
(c) Find f 1 (x).
(d) Find the domain and range of f 1 .
Exercise 2.4.24
Show that f (x) =

2x+1
x3

and g(x) =

3x+1
x2

Exercise 2.4.25
Show that f (x) = 7x 2 and g(x) =
Exercise 2.4.26
Show that the function f (x) =
range.

2x
75x

are inverses of each other.

x+2
7

are inverses of each other.

is one-to-one. Find its domain and

2.4. ONE-TO-ONE AND INVERSE FUNCTIONS

141

Exercise 2.4.27
2x
is invertible. Find f 1 (x) and then find
Show that the function f (x) = 75x
the domain and range of f 1 (x).
Exercise 2.4.28
The function f (x) =

12x
5

is invertible. Use the graph of f to graph f 1 .

Exercise 2.4.29
Use the graph below to determine the following: (a) f 1 (2) (b) f 1 (0) (c)
f 1 (4).

Exercise 2.4.30

The function f (x) = x + 5, x 5 is invertible. Sketch the graph of f

and f 1 on the same window.

142

2.5

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Piecewise Defined Functions

Piecewise-defined functions are functions defined by different formulas

for different intervals of the independent variable.
Example 2.5.1 (The Absolute Value Function)
(a) Show that the function f (x) = |x| is a piecewise defined function.
(b) Graph f (x).
Solution.
(a) The absolute value function f (x) = |x| is a piecewise defined function
since

x, for x 0
|x| =
x, for x < 0.
(b) The graph is given in Figure 2.5.1.

Figure 2.5.1
Example 2.5.2 (The Ceiling Function)
The ceiling function f (x) = dxe is the piecewise defined function given by
dxe = smallest integer greater than or equal to x.
Sketch the graph of f (x) on the interval [3, 3].
Solution.
The graph is given in Figure 2.5.2. An open circle represents a point which
is not included

2.5. PIECEWISE DEFINED FUNCTIONS

Figure 2.5.2
Example 2.5.3 (The Floor Function)
The floor function f (x) = bxc is the piecewise defined function given by
bxc = greatest integer less than or equal to x.
Sketch the graph of f (x) on the interval [3, 3].
Solution.
The graph is given in Figure 2.5.3.

Figure 2.5.3

143

144

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.5.4
Sketch the graph of the piecewise defined function given by

for x 2
x + 4,
2,
for 2 < x < 2
f (x) =

4 x,
for x 2.
Solution.
The following table gives values of f (x).
x
-3 -2
f(x) 1 2

-1 0 1 2 3
2 2 2 2 1

The graph of the function is given in Figure 2.5.4

Figure 2.5.4
We conclude this section with the following real-world situation:
Example 2.5.5
The charge for a taxi ride is $1.50 for the first 51 of a mile, and $0.25 for each
additional 15 of a mile (rounded up to the nearest 15 mile).
(a) Sketch a graph of the cost function C as a function of the distance traveled
x, assuming that 0 x 1.
(b) Find a formula for C in terms of x on the interval [0, 1].
(c) What is the cost for a 54 mile ride?
Solution.
(a) The graph is given in Figure 2.5.5.

2.5. PIECEWISE DEFINED FUNCTIONS

Figure 2.5.5
(b) A formula of C(x) is

1.50, if 0 x 15

1.75, if 51 < x 25
2.00, if 52 < x 35
C(x) =

2.25, if 53 < x 45

2.50, if 54 < x 1.
(c) The cost for a

4
5

ride is C( 45 ) = $2.25

145

146

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercises

Exercise 2.5.1
Which graph corresponds to the piecewise defined function:

f (x) =

1, x 0
x + 1, x > 0.

Exercise 2.5.2
Which graph corresponds to the piecewise defined function:

f (x) =

x + 1, x 0
x + 1, x > 0.

2.5. PIECEWISE DEFINED FUNCTIONS

147

Exercise 2.5.3
Let bxc denote the largest integer less than or equal to x. For example,
b3c = 3, b3.2c = 4, b2.5c = 2. Calculate bc.

Exercise 2.5.4
Let f (x) = bxc and g(x) = . Find (f g)(x).

Exercise 2.5.5
What is the range of f (x) = bxc?

Exercise 2.5.6
Find the domain and range of the piecewise defined function pictured below.

148

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.5.7
Find the domain and range of the piecewise defined function pictured below.

Exercise 2.5.8
Find the domain and range of the piecewise defined function pictured below.

2.5. PIECEWISE DEFINED FUNCTIONS

149

Exercise 2.5.9
Sketch the graph of the piecewise defined function

for x < 1
x + 3,
x2 , for 1 x 2
f (x) =

3,
for x > 2.
Exercise 2.5.10
Graph g(x) = dxe for 4 x 4.
Exercise 2.5.11
Sketch the graph of the piecewise defined function
2
for x 0
x 1,
x 1, for 0 x 4
f (x) =

3,
for x > 4.
Exercise 2.5.12
Consider the piecewise defined function
 2
x , for x < 2
f (x) =
1, for x 2.
Complete the following table.
x
f (x)

-1 0 1 1.9 2 3

Exercise 2.5.13
Graph the piecewise defined function

2x + 2, for x < 2
3,
for 2 x < 3
f (x) =

x,
for x 3.
Exercise 2.5.14
The Heaviside step function is commonly occurred in the study of Laplace
transforms. It is defined by the function

1, for t 0
H(t) =
0, for t < 0.
Sketch the graph of H(x).

150

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.5.15
Sketch the graph of the function f (x) = x bxc. This function is called the
fractional part function. It gives the fractional (noninteger) part of a real
number x.
Exercise 2.5.16
Complete the following table.
x
bxc
dxe

1.5 0 1.5 2

Exercise 2.5.17
Sketch the graph of the piecewise defined function

x < 1,
x2 ,
6,
x = 1,
f (x) =

10 x, x > 1.
Exercise 2.5.18
Sketch the graph of the piecewise defined function

x + 3, 3 < x < 0,
f (x) =
3x + 1, 0 < x < 3.
Exercise 2.5.19
Sketch the graph of the piecewise defined function

x < 0,
0,
1, 0 x < 2,
f (x) =

2,
x 2.
Exercise 2.5.20
For a cellular phone billing plan, $60 per month buys 450 minutes or less.
Additional time costs $0.35 per minute. Let the monthly cost C(x) be a
function of the time x. Write a formula of C(x).
Exercise 2.5.21
In Missouri, income tax is 3.5% on the first $9,000 of income or less, and 6%
on any income in excess of $9,000. Let the tax T (x) be a function of the
income x. Write a formula for T (x).

2.5. PIECEWISE DEFINED FUNCTIONS

151

Exercise 2.5.22
Give the piecewise function that is represented by the following graph.

Exercise 2.5.23
When a diabetic takes long-acting insulin, the insulin reaches its peak effect
on the blood sugar level in about three hours. This effect remains fairly
constant for 5 hours, then declines, and is very low until the next injection.
In a typical patient, the level of insulin might be modeled by the following
function.

40t + 100
0 t 3,

220
3 < t 8,
f (t) =
80t + 860 8 < t 10,

60
10 < t 24.
Here, f (t) represents the blood sugar level at time t hours after the time of
the injection. If a patient takes insulin at 6 am, find the blood sugar level at
each of the following times.
(a) 7 am (b) 11 am (c) 3 pm (d) 5 pm.
Exercise 2.5.24
Consider the piecewise defined function

x < 4,
2+x
x 4 x 2,
f (x) =
x
x > 2.
3
Find (a) f (2) (b) f (3).

152

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.5.25
Sketch the graph of

f (x) =

2x + 4 x 2,
x + 6 x > 3.

Exercise 2.5.26
Find the domain and range of the function pictured below.

Exercise 2.5.27
Find the set of values where the graph of floor function has jumps.
Exercise 2.5.28
Rewrite the function f (x) = 3|x 2| + x as a piecewise defined function.
Exercise 2.5.29
If x moves close to the number 2 from the right, what number does bxc
approach to? What if x moves from the left side toward ?
Exercise 2.5.30
The signum function is the piecewise defined function

1 x > 0,
0 x = 0,
sgn(x) =

1 x < 0.

2.5. PIECEWISE DEFINED FUNCTIONS

153

Write the function f (x) = sgn(x + 2) 3 as a piecewise defined function.

154

2.6

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Sequences and Summation Notation

In this section we study two important concepts that are used in calculus:
Sequences and sigma notation.
Sequences
A sequence is a function f with domain the set of positive integers N. Instead of using the f (n) notation, however, a sequence is listed using the an
notation. That is, f (n) = an . We call an the general term or the nth term.
If the range of f is finite, we say that the sequence is a finite sequence,
otherwise the sequence is infinite
Several ways for denoting a sequence exists, namely,
(an )n1 , {an }
n=1 , {a1 , a2 , , an , }.
Example 2.6.1
List the first five terms of the sequence an = (1 + (1)n )n1 .
Solution.
We have:
a1
a2
a3
a4
a5

=1 + (1)1
=1 + (1)2
=1 + (1)3
=1 + (1)4
=1 + (1)5

=0
=2
=0
=2
=0

There are two ways for generating the terms of a sequence: First, we can
generate the terms of the sequence if the nth term an is expressed as a function
of n only. For example, the sequence (3n 2)n1 . Another way, is to express
one term in terms of one or more terms. For example, an = an2 + an1 . In
this case, we say that the sequence is defined recursively.
Example 2.6.2
The Fibonacci sequence is defined recursively by: a1 = a2 = 1 and an =
an1 + an2 for n 3. List the first six terms of this sequence.

2.6. SEQUENCES AND SUMMATION NOTATION

155

Solution.
We have:
a1
a2
a3
a4
a5
a6

=1
=1
=a1 + a2
=a2 + a3
=a3 + a4
=a4 + a5

=2
=3
=5
=8

Example 2.6.3
Consider the arithmetic sequence
an = an1 + d, n 2
where a1 is the initial value. Find an explicit formula for an .
Solution.
Listing the first four terms of the sequence after a1 we find
a2
a3
a4
a5

=a1 + d
=a1 + 2d
=a1 + 3d
=a1 + 4d.

Hence, a guess is an = a1 + (n 1)d

Sigma/Summation Notation
Summation is something that is done quite often in mathematics, and there
is a symbol that means summation. That symbol is the capital Greek letter
sigma, , and so the notation is sometimes called sigma notation instead
of summation notation. For example, a sum such as a1 + a2 + + an can
be shortened as
n
X
ak = a1 + a2 + + an .
k=1

The value k = 1 is the lower limit of the sum and k = n is the upper
limit. The k is called the index of the summation.

156

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.6.4
P
Find the value of the sum 4k=1 (3k 2).
Solution.
We have
4
X

(3k 2) = [3(1) 2] + [3(2) 2] + [3(3) 2] + [3(4) 2] = 22

k=1

Example 2.6.5
P
Suppose that an = n for n 1. Find the value of 4k=1 a2k .
Solution.
We have

4
X

a2k = 12 + 22 + 32 + 42 = 30

k=1

Properties of Summation
P
P
You can factor a constant out of a sum: nk=1 cak = c nk=1
Pnak .
The summation
symbol can be distributed over addition: k=1 (ak + bk ) =
Pn
P
n
b
a
+
k=1 k .
k=1 k
Pn
TheP
summationPsymbol can be distributed over subtraction:
k=1 (ak
bk ) = nk=1 ak nk=1 bk .
Example 2.6.6
P
P
P
Suppose that nk=1 ak = 15 and nk=1 bk = 7. Find the value of nk=1 (3ak
5bk ).
Solution.
We have
n
n
n
X
X
X
(3ak 5bk ) = 3
ak 5
bk = 3(15) 5(7) = 80
k=1

k=1

k=1

Example 2.6.7
Let (a1 + (n 1)d)n1 be the arithmetic sequence. Let Sn be the sum of
the first n terms of the sequence. We call Sn the nth partial sum. Find a
formula of Sn in terms of n.

2.6. SEQUENCES AND SUMMATION NOTATION

157

Solution.
We have
Sn = a1 + a2 + + an = a1 + (a1 + d) + + (a1 + (n 2)d) + (a1 + (n 1)d).
Writing this sum in reverse order, we find
Sn = (a1 + (n 1)d) + (a1 + (n 2)d) + + (a1 + d) + a1 .
Adding the two sums, we find
2Sn =(2a1 + (n 1)d) + (2a1 + (n 1)d) + + (2a1 + (n 1)d) + (2a1 + (n 1)d)
=n[2a1 + (n 1)d]
n
Sn = [2a1 + (n 1)d]
2
Example 2.6.8
Find the value of the sum: 1 + 2 + 3 + + n.
Solution.
Using the previous example with a1 = 1 and d = 1, we have
1 + 2 + 3 + + n =

n
n(n + 1)
(2 + n 1) =
2
2

Example 2.6.9
Let (rn1 a1 )n1 be the geometric sequence (Exercise 2.6.5) with r 6= 1. Find
a formula of Sn in terms of n.
Solution.
We have
Sn = a1 + ra1 + r2 a1 + + rn2 a1 + rn1 a1
and
rSn = ra1 + r2 a1 + r3 a1 + + rn1 a1 + rn a1 .
Hence,
Sn rSn = a1 rn a1 = a1 (1 rn ).
Solving for Sn , we find
S n = a1

1 rn
, r 6= 1
1r

158

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Example 2.6.10
Find the value of 2n 2n1 + 2n2 2n3 + + (1)n1 2 + (1)n , n 1.
Solution.
We have
2n 2n1 + 2n2 2n3 + + (1)n1 2 + (1)n =


1
1
n
n1 1
n 1
2 1 + 2 + + (1)
+ (1) n =
2 2
2n1
2
1 (21 )n+1
1 (21 )
1
2n+1
(1 ( )n+1 )
=
3
2

=2n

2.6. SEQUENCES AND SUMMATION NOTATION

159

Exercises
Exercise 2.6.1
The nth term of a sequence is given by an = 3n + 2. Find the first five terms
of the sequence.
Exercise 2.6.2
A sequence is defined recursively by: a1 = 2, a2 = 1, and an+1 = 3an1 an
for n 3. List the first five terms of this sequence.
Exercise 2.6.3
Find the range of the sequence defined by an = (1)n for n N.
Exercise 2.6.4
A sequence is defined recursively by
a1 =1
an =an1 + 2, n 2.
Find a formula for an in terms of n.
Exercise 2.6.5
Consider the geometric sequence
an = ran1 , n 2
where a1 is the initial value. Find an explicit formula for an .
Exercise 2.6.6
Write an in terms of n for the recursive sequence
a1 =0
an =an1 + (n 1), n 2.
Exercise 2.6.7
Find a formula for the sum:
1 + 2 + + (n 1), n 2.

160

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.6.8
Find a formula for the sum:
3 + 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + + 2n, n 1.
Exercise 2.6.9
Find a formula for the sum:
3 1 + 3 2 + 3 3 + 3 n, n 1.
Exercise 2.6.10
Find a formula for the sum
1 + 2 + 22 + + 2n1 , n 1.
Exercise 2.6.11
Find a formula for the sum
3n1 + 3n2 + + 32 + 3 + 1, n 1.
Exercise 2.6.12
Find a formula for the sum
3 2n1 + 3 2n2 + 3 2n3 + + 3 22 + 3 2 + 3, n 1.
Exercise 2.6.13
Use iteration to guess a formula for the following recursively defined sequence:
c1 = 1, cn = 3cn1 + 1, for all n 2.
Exercise 2.6.14
Let a1 , a2 , be the sequence defined by the explicit formula
an = C 2n + D, n 1
where C and D are real numbers.
Find C and D so that a1 = 1 and a2 = 3. What is a3 in this case?
Exercise 2.6.15
Let a1 , a2 , be the sequence defined by the explicit formula
an = C 2n + D, n 1
where C and D are real numbers.
Find C and D so that a1 = 0 and a2 = 2. What is a3 in this case?

2.6. SEQUENCES AND SUMMATION NOTATION

161

Exercise 2.6.16
P
P
P
Suppose that nk=1 ak = 8 and nk=1 bk = 4. Find the value of nk=1 (7ak
2bk ).
Exercise 2.6.17 P
Find the value of 4k=1 (3k).
Exercise 2.6.18
We define the factorial of a whole number n by n! = n(n 1) 2 1 and
0! = 1. Write the first five terms of the sequence with nth term an = n!.
Exercise 2.6.19
P
Find the value of the sum nk=1 a where a is a constant.
Exercise 2.6.20
P
P
and nk=1 k 2 =
Given that nk=1 k = n(n+1)
2
P
n
2
k=1 (2k + 3) . Do not simplify your answer.

n(n+1)(2n+1)
.
6

Find the value of

Exercise 2.6.21
Find the range of the sequence {1 + (1)n }n1 .
Exercise 2.6.22
Write the following sum in summation notation:
2 4 + 8 16 + 32 64.
Exercise 2.6.23

n
Let an = 1 + n1 . Find a10,000 , a100,000 , and a1,000,000 to the nearest thousandth. Use your calculator to approximate the number e to the nearest
thousandth. What can you conclude?
Exercise 2.6.24
P
Find the value of the sum 4k=1 k

1
k

+k .

Exercise 2.6.25
A sequence is defined recursively by a1 = 1 and an+1 = (n + 1)an . Find a
formula of an in terms of n.
Exercise 2.6.26
Find the value of the sum 10 + 20 + 30 + + 10n.

162

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.6.27
The 17th term of an arithmetic sequence is 34 and the first term is 2, what
is the value of the common difference d?
Exercise 2.6.28
The first term of an arithmetic sequence is equal to 6 and the common
difference is equal to 3. Find a formula for the nth term and the value of the
50th term.
Exercise 2.6.29
The third term of a geometric sequence is 3 and the sixth term is 19 . Find
the first term.
Exercise 2.6.30
A ball is dropped from a height of 8 feet. The ball bounces to 80% of its
previous height with each bounce. How high (to the nearest tenth of a foot)
does the ball bounce on the fifth bounce?

2.7. AVERAGE RATE OF CHANGE

2.7

163

Average Rate of Change

Functions given by tables of values have their limitations in that nearly always
leave gaps. One way to fill these gaps is by using the average rate of
change. For example, Table 1 below gives the population of the United
States between the years 1950 - 1990.
d(year)
N(in millions)

1950
1960
1970
1980
1990
151.87 179.98 203.98 227.23 249.40
Table 1

This table does not give the population in 1972. One way to estimate
N (1972), is to find the average yearly rate of change of N from 1970 to
1980 given by
227.23 203.98
= 2.325 million people per year.
10
Then,
N (1972) = N (1970) + 2(2.325) = 208.63 million.
Average rates of change can be calculated not only for functions given by
tables but also for functions given by formulas. The average rate of change
of a function y = f (x) from x = a to x = b is given by the difference
quotient
Change in function value
f (b) f (a)
y
=
=
.
x
Change in x value
ba
Geometrically, this quantity represents the slope of the secant line going
through the points (a, f (a)) and (b, f (b)) on the graph of f (x). See Figure
2.7.1.
The average rate of change of a function on an interval tells us how much
the function changes, on average, per unit change of x within that interval.
On some part of the interval, f may be changing rapidly, while on other
parts f may be changing slowly. The average rate of change evens out these
variations.

164

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Figure 2.7.1
Example 2.7.1
Find the average rate of change of the function f (x) = x2 from x = 3 to
x = 5.
Solution.
The average rate of change is
f (5) f (3)
25 9
y
=
=
=8
x
53
2
Example 2.7.2 (Average Speed)
During a typical trip to school, your car will undergo a series of changes in its
speed. If you were to inspect the speedometer readings at regular intervals,
you would notice that it changes often. The speedometer of a car reveals
information about the instantaneous speed of your car; that is, it shows your
speed at a particular instant in time. The instantaneous speed of an object
is not to be confused with the average speed. Average speed is a measure of
the distance traveled in a given period of time. That is,
Average Speed =

Distance traveled
.
Time elapsed

If the trip to school takes 0.2 hours (i.e. 12 minutes) and the distance traveled
is 5 miles then what is the average speed of your car?

2.7. AVERAGE RATE OF CHANGE

165

Solution.
The average speed is given by
5 miles
= 25miles/hour.
0.2 hours
This says that on the average, your car was moving with a speed of 25 miles
per hour. During your trip, there may have been times that you were stopped
and other times that your speedometer was reading 50 miles per hour; yet
on the average you were moving with a speed of 25 miles per hour
Ave. Speed =

Average Rate of Change and Increasing/Decreasing Functions

Now, we would like to use the concept of the average rate of change to test
whether a function is increasing or decreasing on a specific interval. First,
we recall the following definition: We say that a function is increasing if
the function values increase as x increases, i.e., f (a) < f (b) whenever a < b.
Graphically, a function is increasing if its graph climbs as x moves from left
to right. It is said to be decreasing if the function values decrease as x
increases, i.e., f (a) > f (b) whenever a < b. In this case, the graph of f falls
as x moves from left to right.
As an application of the average rate of change, we can use such quantity
to decide whether a function is increasing or decreasing. If a function f is
increasing on an interval I then by taking any two points in the interval I,
say a < b, we see that f (a) < f (b) and in this case
f (b) f (a)
> 0.
ba
Going backward with this argument we see that if the average rate of change
is positive in an interval then the function is increasing in that interval.
Similarly, if the average rate of change is negative in an interval I then the
function is decreasing there and conversely if a function is decreasing on an
interval I then its rate of change is negative.
Example 2.7.3
The table below gives values of a decreasing function w = f (t). Verify that
the rate of change is always negative.
t
w

0
100

4 8 12 16 20 24
58 32 24 20 18 17

166

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Solution.
The average of w over the interval [0, 4] is
w(4) w(0)
58 100
=
= 10.5.
40
40
The average rate of change of the remaining intervals are given in the chart
below
time interval [0,4]
[4,8] [8,12] [12,16] [16, 20]
Average
10.5 6.5 2
1
0.5

[20,24]
0.25

Notice that the average rate of change is always negative on [0, 24]
Rate of Change and Concavity
Some graphs of functions may bend up or down as shown in the following
two examples.
Example 2.7.4
Consider the following two graphs in Figure 2.7.2.

Figure 2.7.2
(a) What do the graphs above have in common?
(b) How are they different? Specifically, look at the rate of change of each.
Solution.
(a) Both graphs represent increasing functions.
(b) The rate of change of f (x) is more and more positive so the graph bends
up whereas the rate of change of g(x) is less and less positive and so it bends
down

2.7. AVERAGE RATE OF CHANGE

167

The following example deals with version of the previous example for decreasing functions.
Example 2.7.5
Consider the following two graphs given in Figure 2.7.3.

Figure 2.7.3
(a) What do the graphs above have in common?
(b) How are they different? Specifically, look at the rate of change of each.
Solution.
(a) Both functions are decreasing.
(b) The rate of change of f (x) is more and more negative so the graph bends
down, whereas the rate of change of g(x) is less and less negative so the graph
bends up.
Conclusions:
When the rate of change of a function is increasing then the function is
concave up. That is, the graph bends upward.
When the rate of change of a function is decreasing then the function is
concave down. That is, the graph bends downward.
The following example discusses the concavity of a function given by a table.
Example 2.7.6
Given below is the table for the function H(x). Calculate the rate of change
for successive pairs of points. Decide whether you expect the graph of H(x)
to concave up or concave down?

168

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

x
12
15
H(x) 21.40 21.53

18
21
21.75 22.02

Solution.
H(15)H(12)
1512
H(18)H(15)
1815
H(21)H(18)
2118

=
=
=

21.5321.40
0.043
3
21.7521.53
0.073
3
22.0221.75
0.09
3

Since the rate of change of H(x) is increasing, the function is concave up

2.7. AVERAGE RATE OF CHANGE

169

Exercises
Exercise 2.7.1

Calculate the average rate of change of f (x) = x on the interval [4, 9].
Exercise 2.7.2
Calculate the average rate of change of f (x) = x3 x on the interval [1, 2].
Exercise 2.7.3
Calculate the average rate of change of the functions whose graphs are shown
below on the indicated intervals.
(a) f on [1, 1] (b) g on [4, 1] (c) g on [1, 3].

Exercise 2.7.4

Compute the average rate of change of f (x) = x 1 on the interval [x, x +

h]. Simplify so that the substitution h = 0 does not yield 00 .
Exercise 2.7.5
1
Compute the average rate of change of f (x) = x1
on the interval [x, x + h].
Simplify so that the substitution h = 0 does not yield 00 .
Exercise 2.7.6
Suppose an objects position (measured in meters, along a straight line) at
time t (in seconds) is described by s(t) = t2 5t + 1. What is the objects
average speed between time 0 and 3 seconds later?
Exercise 2.7.7
A climber is on a hike. After 2 hours he is at an altitude of 400 feet. After 6
hours, he is at an altitude of 700 feet. What is the average rate of change?

170

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.7.8
A teacher weighed 145 lbs in 1986 and weighs 190 lbs in 2007. What was the
average rate of change in weight?
Exercise 2.7.9
Suppose f (t) = t3 + 1. Find a value A 0 such that the average rate of
change of f (t) from 0 to A equals 2.
Exercise 2.7.10
A train travels from city A to city B. The cities are 600 miles apart. The
distance from city A at t hours after the train leaves A is given by
d(t) = 50t + t2 .
What is the average velocity of the train in miles per hour during the trip
from A to B?
Exercise 2.7.11
Below is a graph of the population P (t) of wolves in a forest t years after the
year 2000.

(a) Over which time intervals is the graph increasing? decreasing? concave up? concave down?
(b) What is the average rate of change of the population from 2000 to 2002?
(c) What is the percentage change in the population from 2007 to 2008?
Exercise 2.7.12
A lead ball is tossed into the air by a person standing on a bridge. The height
of the ball (in meters above the water) is modelled by the equation
s(t) = 4.9t2 + 5t + 40.

2.7. AVERAGE RATE OF CHANGE

171

 
 
(a) Calculate the average velocity for the intervals 0, 12 and 12 , 1 .
(b) Using (a), what can you conclude about the flight of the ball?
Exercise 2.7.13
The total acreage of farms in the US has decreased since 1980.
Year
1980 1985 1990 1995 2000
Farmland (million acres) 1039 1012 987 963 945
Find the average rate of change in farm land between 1985 and 2000.
Exercise 2.7.14
The total acreage of farms in the US has decreased since 1980.
Year
1980 1985 1990 1995 2000
Farmland (million acres) 1039 1012 987 963 945
Let f denote the farm land in millions of acres. Is f concave down or up
between 1980 and 2000?
Exercise 2.7.15
Let f (x) = mx + b. Find the average rate of change of f in each of the
following intervals:
(a) [1, 7] (b) [4, 4] (c) [9, 100] (d) [a, a + h].
What do you notice about the average rate of change?
Exercise 2.7.16
Values of a function f are given below.
x
1 2
f (x) 2 4

3 4 5
8 16 32

Determine whether the function is concave up or concave down.

Exercise 2.7.17
Values of a function f are given below.
x
1
f (x) 300

2
3
4
5
290 270 240 200

Determine whether the function is concave up or concave down.

172

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.7.18
Values of a function f are given below.
x
f (x)

1 2 3 4 5
90 70 80 75 72

Determine whether the function is concave up or concave down.

Exercise 2.7.19
Find the slope of the line that passes through the points (1, 5) and (3, 9).
Exercise 2.7.20
Consider the function f (x) = 16x2 + 52x + 125. Find the slope of the secant
line that passes through the points (3, f (3)) and (0, f (0)).
Exercise 2.7.21
Let f (x) = x2 . Find an expression for

f (a+x)f (a)
.
x

Exercise 2.7.22
The following table records the temperature at a particular location during
a certain day.
Time
Temp.

7am 8am 9am 10am 11am noon

49
58
66
72
76
79

1pm 2pm 3pm 4pm 5pm

80
80
78
74
69

(a) Describe the change in temperature from 7am to noon.

(b) Describe the percentage change in temperature between 11am and 4pm.
(c) Describe the average change in temperature between 9am and 5pm.
Exercise 2.7.23
A company determines that the cost in dollars of manufacturing x units of
a certain item is C(x) = 100 + 5x x2 . Find the average rate of change of
cost per unit for manufacturing between 1 and 5 units.
Exercise 2.7.24
The height of a ball thrown upward at a speed of 30 ft/s from a height of 15
feet after t seconds is given by
h(t) = 15 + 30t 16t2 .
Find the average velocity of the ball in the first 2 seconds after it is thrown.

2.7. AVERAGE RATE OF CHANGE

173

Exercise 2.7.25
An oil slick has area f (x) = 30x3 + 100x square meters x minutes after a
tanker explosion. Find the average rate of change in area with respect to
time during the period from x = 2 to x = 3.
Exercise 2.7.26
A function f is described by the table below.
x
0 2 4 5
f (x) 26 17 5 1
Without doing any computations, what is the sign of the average rate of
change of f (x) on any interval between 0 and 5?
Exercise 2.7.27
A function f is described by the table below.
x
0 2 4
5
f (x) 26 17 5 1.5
Determine whether the graph of f is concave down or up on the interval
[0, 5].
Exercise 2.7.28
Shown is the graph of f (x). Find the average rate of change of f on: (a)
[0, 3] (b) [1, 4].

174

CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS AND RELATED TOPICS

Exercise 2.7.29
Shown is the graph of f (x). Over what interval is the rate of change (a)
increasing (b) decreasing?

Exercise 2.7.30
Determine the average rate of change of the function f (x) =
to x = a + h.

2
x

from x = a

Chapter 3
Polynomial Functions
Polynomial functions are considered nice functions because of the following
two properties:
Continuity: By that we mean that the graph of the function can be drawn
without picking up a pencil. There are no jumps or holes in the graph.
Smooth: By that we mean that the graph has no sharp turns (like an
absolute value).
This chapter is devoted for the study of polynomials.

175

176

3.1

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Linear Functions

In Section 2.7, we introduced the average rate of change of a function. In

general, the average rate of change of a function is different on different
intervals. For example, consider the function f (x) = x2 . The average rate of
change of f (x) on the interval [0, 1] is
f (1) f (0)
= 1.
10
The average rate of change of f (x) on [1, 2] is
f (2) f (1)
= 3.
21
A linear function is a function with the property that the average rate of
change on any interval is the same. We say that y is changing at a constant
rate with respect to x. Thus, y changes by the same amount for every unit
change in x. Geometrically, the graph is a straight line.
Example 3.1.1
Suppose you pay $192 to rent a booth for selling necklaces at an art fair.
The necklaces sell for $32. Explain why the function that shows your net
income (revenue from sales minus rental fees) as a function of the number of
necklaces sold is a linear function.
Solution.
Let P (n) denote the net income from selling n necklaces. Each time a necklace is sold, that is, each time n is increased by 1, the net income P is
increased by the same constant, $32. Thus the rate of change for P is always
the same, and hence P is a linear function
Testing Data for Linearity
Next, we will consider the question of recognizing a linear function given by
a table.
Let f be a linear function given by a table. Then the rate of change is the
same for all pairs of points in the table. In particular, when the x values are
evenly spaced the change in y is constant.
Example 3.1.2
Which of the following tables could represent a linear function?

3.1. LINEAR FUNCTIONS

177

x
0 5 10
f (x) 10 20 30

15
40

x
g(x)

0 10 20 30
20 40 50 55

Solution.
Since equal increments in x yield equal increments in y, f (x) is a linear function. On the contrary, equal increments in x do not result in equal increments
in g(x). Thus, g(x) is not linear
It is possible to have a table of linear data in which neither the xvalues nor
the yvalues go up by equal amounts. However, the rate of change of any
pairs of points in the table is constant.
Example 3.1.3
The following table contains linear data, but some data points are missing.
Find the missing data points.
x 2 5
y 5

8
17 23 29

Solution.
Consider the points (2, 5), (5, a), (b, 17), (8, 23), and (c, 29). Since the data is
= 235
. That is, a5
= 3. Cross multiplying to
linear, we must have a5
52
82
3
obtain a 5 = 9 and by adding 5 to both sides we find a = 14. It follows
that when x is increased by 1, y increases by 3. Hence, b = 6 and c = 10
Now, suppose that f (x) is a linear function of x. Then f changes at a constant
rate m. That is, if we pick two points (0, f (0)) and (x, f (x)) then
m=

f (x) f (0)
.
x0

That is, f (x) = mx + f (0). This is the function notation of the linear
function f (x). Another notation is the equation notation, y = mx + f (0).
We will denote the number f (0) by b. In this case, the linear function will be
written as f (x) = mx + b or y = mx + b. Since b = f (0), the point (0, b) is the
point where the line crosses the vertical line. We call it the y-intercept. So
the yintercept is the output corresponding to the input x = 0, sometimes
known as the initial value of y.

178

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

If we pick any two points (x1 , y1 ) and (x2 , y2 ) on the graph of f (x) = mx + b
then we must have
y2 y1
rise
m=
=
.
x2 x1
run
We call m the slope of the line.
Example 3.1.4
The value of a new computer equipment is $20,000 and the value drops at a
constant rate so that it is worth $ 0 after five years. Let V (t) be the value
of the computer equipment t years after the equipment is purchased.
(a) Find the slope m and the yintercept b.
(b) Find a formula for V (t).
Solution.
(a) Since V (0) = 20, 000 and V (5) = 0, the slope of V (t) is
m=

0 20, 000
= 4, 000
50

and the vertical intercept is V (0) = 20, 000.

(b) A formula of V (t) is V (t) = 4, 000t + 20, 000. In financial terms, the
function V (t) is known as the straight-line depreciation function
Formulas for Linear Functions
Next, we will discuss ways for finding the formulas for linear functions. Recall
that f is linear if and only if f (x) can be written in the form f (x) = mx + b.
So the problem of finding the formula of f is equivalent to finding the slope
m and the vertical intercept b.
Suppose that we know two points on the graph of f (x), say (x1 , f (x1 )) and
(x2 , f (x2 )). Since the slope m is just the average rate of change of f (x) on
the interval [x1 , x2 ], we have
m=

f (x2 ) f (x1 )
.
x 2 x1

To find b, we use one of the points in the formula of f (x); say we use the first
point. Then f (x1 ) = mx1 + b. Solving for b we find
b = f (x1 ) mx1 .

3.1. LINEAR FUNCTIONS

179

Example 3.1.5
Lets find the formula of a linear function given by a table of data values.
The table below gives data for a linear function. Find the formula.
x
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
f(x) 0.736 0.614 0.492 0.37
Solution.
We use the first two points to find the value of m :
m=

0.614 0.736
f (1.3) f (1.2)
=
= 1.22.
1.3 1.2
1.3 1.2

To find b we can use the first point to obtain

0.736 = 1.22(1.2) + b.
Solving for b we find b = 2.2. Thus,
f (x) = 1.22x + 2.2
Example 3.1.6
Suppose that the graph of a linear function is given and two points on the
graph are known. For example, Figure 3.1.1 is the graph of a linear function
going through the points (100, 1) and (160, 6). Find the formula.

Figure 3.1.1
Solution.
The slope m is found as follows:
m=

61
= 0.083.
160 100

180

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

To find b we use the first point to obtain 1 = 0.083(100) + b. Solving for b we

find b = 7.3. So the formula for the line is f (x) = 7.3 + 0.083x
Example 3.1.7
Sometimes a linear function is given by a verbal description as in the following
problem: In a college meal plan you pay a membership fee; then all your
meals are at a fixed price per meal. If 30 meals cost $152.50 and 60 meals
cost $250 then find the formula for the cost C of a meal plan in terms of the
number of meals n.
Solution.
We find m first:

250 152.50
= $3.25/meal.
60 30
To find b or the membership fee we use the point (30, 152.50) in the formula
C = mn + b to obtain 152.50 = 3.25(30) + b. Solving for b we find b = $55.
Thus, C = 3.25n + 55
m=

So far we have represented a linear function by the expression y = mx + b.

This is known as the slope-intercept form of the equation of a line. Now,
if the slope m of a line is known and one point (x0 , y0 ) is given then by taking
any point (x, y) on the line and using the definition of m we find
y y0
= m.
x x0
Cross multiply to obtain: y y0 = m(x x0 ). This is known as the pointslope form of a line.
Example 3.1.8
Find the equation of the line passing through the point (100, 1) and with
slope m = 0.01.
Solution.
Using the above formula we have: y 1 = 0.01(x 100) or y = 0.01x
Note that the form y = mx + b can be rewritten in the form
Ax + By + C = 0

(3.1.1)

where A = m, B = 1, and C = b. The form (3.1.1) is known as the

standard form of a linear function.

3.1. LINEAR FUNCTIONS

Example 3.1.9
Rewrite in standard form: 3x + 2y + 40 = x y.
Solution.
Subtracting x y from both sides to obtain 2x + 3y + 40 = 0

181

182

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercises
Exercise 3.1.1
Find the slope and the x and yintercepts of the line y + 3 = 2(x 5).
Exercise 3.1.2
In economics the demand function relates the price per unit of an item to
the number of units that consumers will buy at that price. The demand, q,
is considered to be the independent variable, while the price, p, is considered
to be the dependent variable.
Suppose that in a certain market, the demand function for widgets is a linear
function
p = 0.75q + 54,
where p is the price in dollars and q is the number of units (hundreds of
widgets in this case).
(a) What is the slope of this function? Explain the meaning of the sign of
the slope in practical terms.
(b) Find the p and q intercepts for this function. What is the significance
of these intercepts in the context of the problem?
Exercise 3.1.3
A small college has 2546 students in 1994 and 2702 students in 1996. Assume
that the enrollment follows a linear growth pattern. Let t = 0 correspond
to 1990 and let y(t) represent the enrollment in year t. Assume that y(t) is
linear.
(a) Using the data given, find the slope of y(t).
(b) What does the slope of y(t) signify in terms of enrollment growth?
(c) Find an equation for y(t) and use it predict the enrollment of the college
in 1999.
Exercise 3.1.4
Find the equation of the line with slope 32 and crossing the point (6, 1).
Exercise 3.1.5
Find the equation of the line containing the points (7, 1) and (4, 5).
Exercise 3.1.6
Find the equation of the line with slope 6 and crossing the graph of f (x) = x2
at x = 3.

3.1. LINEAR FUNCTIONS

183

Exercise 3.1.7
Find the equation of the line passing through (4, 0) and the graph of f (x) =
2
x 3 at x = 8.
Exercise 3.1.8
Find the slope and the y intercept of the line 9x + 2y = 10.
Exercise 3.1.9
Find the slope and the y intercept of the line y = 2.
Exercise 3.1.10
A company has fixed costs of $7,000 for plant and equuipment and variable
costs of $600 for each unit of output. What is total cost at varying levels of
output, assuming linear costs?
Exercise 3.1.11
A company receives $45 for each unit of output sold. It has a variable cost
of $25 per item and a fixed cost of $1600. What is its profit if it sells (a) 75
items, (b)150 items?
Exercise 3.1.12
Sketch the graph of 3x + 2y = 4.
Exercise 3.1.13
Sketch the graph of 2x y = 1.
Exercise 3.1.14
A copy shop can produce a course reader at a cost of $25 per copy. The
monthly fixed costs are $10,000.
(a) Determine the total monthly cost as a function of the number of copies
produced.
(b) Graph the total monthly cost function.
Exercise 3.1.15
Find the equation of a line in standard form that passes through the points
(1, 4) and (3, 2).
Exercise 3.1.16
Write in standard form the equation of the line passing through the point
(3, 4) and with slope equals to 23 .

184

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 3.1.17
Identify the true statement below.
(a) All linear graphs are functions
(b) The graph of y = 4 is a function
(c) To find the y intercept of a function, let y equal to zero and solve for x
(d) The graph of x = 4 is a function
Exercise 3.1.18
Identify the false statement below.
(a) The standard form of a linear equation is y = ax + b.
(b) The point (4, 0) is on the graph of 3x 4y = 12.
(c) The graph of 3x 4y = 12 passes the vertical line test for functions.
(d) The yintercept of 3x 4y = 12 is (0, 3).
Exercise 3.1.19
A schools funding for free and reduced lunches increases by $700 for each
additional economically disadvantaged (e.d.) student enrolled. Last year,
250 e.d. students were enrolled and the school collected $250,000. What is
the amount collected if n economically disadvantaged students are enrolled?
Exercise 3.1.20
Let C denote a temperature on the Celsius scale, and let F denote the corresponding temperature on the Fahrenheit scale. Find a linear function relating
C and F ; use the facts that 32 F corresponds to 0 C and 212 F corresponds
to 100 C.
Exercise 3.1.21
Give the formula of the linear function that generates the following table
x
f (x)

5
91

2 1 4
67 43 19

9
21

Exercise 3.1.22
Give the formula of the linear function that generates the following graph.

3.1. LINEAR FUNCTIONS

185

Exercise 3.1.23
Give the equation of the horizontal line passing through (1, 2).
Exercise 3.1.24
Give the equation of the vertical line passing through (3, 5).
Exercise 3.1.25
Give the equation of (a) the xaxis (b) the yaxis.
Exercise 3.1.26
A gym charges $175 initiation fee plus $35 per month. Write the cost function
C(x) where x in the number of months of enrollment.
Exercise 3.1.27
A computer that cost $1200 new is expected to depreciate linearly at a rate
of $300 per year.
(a) Determine the linear depreciation function f.
(b) Explain why the domain of f is [0, 4]?
Exercise 3.1.28
The length of a steel beam is a linear function of the temperature. When
temperature is 40 F a certain steel beam is 50 feet long and at 95 F the same
beam is 50.12 feet long. What is the length of the beam at 70 F? At what
temperature is the beam 49.9 feet long?

186

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 3.1.29
Find the slope and the yintercept of the line with the equation 10x+2y = 7.
Exercise 3.1.30
Find the formula of the linear function f (x) whose graph is pictured below.

3.2. GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF LINEAR FUNCTIONS

3.2

187

Geometric Properties of Linear Functions

In this section we discuss four geometric related questions of linear functions.

The first question considers the significance of the parameters m and b in the
equation f (x) = mx + b.
We have seen that the graph of a linear function f (x) = mx + b is a straight
line. But a line can be horizontal, vertical, rising to the right or falling to
the right. The slope is the parameter that provides information about the
steepness of a straight line.
If m = 0 then f (x) = b is a constant function whose graph is a horizontal
line at (0, b).
For a vertical line, the slope is undefined since any two points on the line
have the same xvalue and this leads to a division by zero in the formula
for the slope. The equation of a vertical line has the form x = a. Note that
a vertical line is not a function.
Suppose that the line is neither horizontal nor vertical. If m > 0 then by
Section 2.7, f (x) is increasing. That is, the line is rising to the right.
If m < 0 then f (x) is decreasing. That is, the line is falling to the right.
The slope, m, tells us how fast the line is climbing or falling. The larger
the value of m the more the line rises and the smaller the value of m the
more the line falls.
The parameter b tells us where the line crosses the vertical axis.
Example 3.2.1
Arrange the slopes of the lines in the Figure 3.2.1 from largest to smallest.

Figure 3.2.1

188

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Solution.
According to Figure 3.2.1 we have
mG > mF > mD > mA > mE > mB > mC
The second question of this section is the question of finding the point of
intersection of two lines. The point of intersection of two lines is basically
the solution to a system of two linear equations. This system can be solved by
either the method of elimination or the method of substitution as discussed
in Section 1.6.
Example 3.2.2
Find the point of intersection of the two lines y + x2 = 3 and 2(x + y) = 1 y.
Solution.
We will use the method of substitution. Solving the first equation for y we
obtain y = 3 x2 . Substituting this expression in the second equation to
obtain



x
x 
=1 3
.
2 x+ 3
2
2
Thus,
x
2
x
x + 6 = 2 +
2
2x + 12 = 4 + x
x = 16.

2x + 6 x = 2 +

Using this value of x in the first equation to obtain y = 3

16
2

= 11

Our third question in this section is the question of determining when two
lines are parallel, i.e., they have no points in common. As we noted earlier
in this section, the slope of a line determines the direction in which it points.
Thus, if two lines have the same slope then the two lines are either parallel
(if they have different vertical intercepts) or coincident ( if they have same
yintercept). Also, note that any two vertical lines are parallel even though
their slopes are undefined.

3.2. GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF LINEAR FUNCTIONS

189

Example 3.2.3
Line l in Figure 3.2.2 is parallel to the line y = 2x + 1. Find the coordinates
of the point P.

Figure 3.2.2
Solution.
Since the two lines are parallel, the slope of the line l is 2. Since the vertical
intercept of l is 2, the equation of l is y = 2x 2. The point P is the
xintercept of the line l, i.e., P (x, 0). To find x, we set 2x 2 = 0. Solving
for x we find x = 1. Thus, P (1, 0)
Example 3.2.4
Find the equation of the line l passing through the point (6, 5) and parallel
to the line y = 3 32 x.
Solution.
The slope of l is m = 23 since the two lines are parallel. Thus, the equation
of l is y = 23 x + b. To find the value of b, we use the given point. Replacing
y by 5 and x by 6 to obtain, 5 = 32 (6) + b. Solving for b we find b = 9.
Hence, y = 9 32 x
The fourth and final question of this section is the question of determining when two lines are perpendicular.
It is clear that if one line is horizontal and the second is vertical then the
two lines are perpendicular. So we assume that neither of the two lines is
horizontal or vertical. Hence, their slopes are defined and nonzero. Lets see
how the slopes of lines that are perpendicular compare. Call the two lines l1

190

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

and l2 and let A be the point where they intersect. From A take a horizontal
segment of length 1 and from the right endpoint C of that segment construct
a vertical line that intersect l1 at B and l2 at D. See Figure 3.2.3.

Figure 3.2.3
It follows from this construction that if m1 is the slope of l1 then
m1 =

|CB|
|AC|

= |CB| since |AC| = 1.

Similarly, the slope of l2 is

m2 =

|CD|
= |CD|.
|AC|

Since ABD is a right triangle at A, DAC = 90 BAC. Similarly,

ABC = 90 BAC. Thus, DAC = ABC. A similar argument shows
that CDA = CAB. Hence, the triangles ACB and DCA are similar.
As a consequence of this similarity we can write
|CB|
|AC|
=
|CA|
|DC|
or
m1 =

1
.
m2

Thus, if two lines are perpendicular, then the slope of one is the negative
reciprocal of the slope of the other.

3.2. GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF LINEAR FUNCTIONS

191

Example 3.2.5
Find the equation of the line l2 in Figure 3.2.4.

Figure 3.2.4
Solution.
The slope of l1 is m1 = 23 . Since the two lines are perpendicular then the
slope of l2 is m2 = 32 . The horizontal intercept of l2 is 0. Hence, the equation
of the line l2 is y = 23 x

192

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercises
Exercise 3.2.1


Find the equation of the line passing through the point 15, 25 and perpendicular to the line 3x + y = 17.
Exercise 3.2.2
State whether the following pairs of lines are parallel, perpendicular or neither:
(a) y = 23 x 7 and 3x 2y = 4.
(b) 5x 3y = 12 and 3x + 5y = 10.
(c) x 2y = 1 and 2x y = 5.
(d) x = 10 and y = 5.
Exercise 3.2.3
Find the points of intersection of the two line 2x y = 10 and x + y = 1.
Exercise 3.2.4
Find the points of intersection of the two line x 3y = 5 and 2x + 6y = 8.
Exercise 3.2.5
Find the points of intersection of the two line 2x + y = 5 and 4x + 2y = 10.
Exercise 3.2.6
Give the equation of the line passing through the point (10, 3) that is perpendicular to 2x 5y = 1.
Exercise 3.2.7
Give the equation of the line passing through the point (6, 0) that is parallel
to y = 2 29 x.
Exercise 3.2.8
Find the point of intersection between the line that passes through the two
points (1, 2) and (3, 7), and the line perpendicular to this first line that passes
through the point (2, 4).
Exercise 3.2.9
Which graph best presents the following system of equations and its solution?
(
xy =0
x+y =4

3.2. GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF LINEAR FUNCTIONS

193

Exercise 3.2.10
Find an equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line segment between
the points (6, 3) and (2, 5).
Exercise 3.2.11
Find an equation of the tangent line to the circle x2 + y 2 = 25 at the point
(4, 3).
Exercise 3.2.12
Find the point of intersection of the lines with equations x 2y = 5 and
2x 5y = 11.
Exercise 3.2.13
Match each linear function with its graph.
(1) f (x) = x 1.
(2) f (x) = 2x 1.
(3) f (x) = 21 x 1.
(4) f (x) = 2.
(5) f (x) = x + 2.
(6) f (x) = 3x + 2.

194

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 3.2.14
Find the value of c so that the two lines f (x) = 2 12 x and g(x) = 1 + cx
intersect at a point with xcoordinate 10.
Exercise 3.2.15
Find the parameters m and b so that the two lines y = mx + 2 and y = 2x + b
intersect at the point (3, 7).
Exercise 3.2.16
Find the equation of the line that contains the point (16, 25) and is perpendicular to the line x = 20.
Exercise 3.2.17
Write an equation in slope-intercept form for the line that is perpendicular
to the graph of 3x + 2y = 8 and passes through the yintercept of that line.
Exercise 3.2.18
What is the point of intersection of the lines with equations x = 7 and
y = 9?
Exercise 3.2.19
Write the equation of the line parallel to the line x = 5 and passing through
the point (3, 10).
Exercise 3.2.20
Find the distance from the point (0, 0) to the line y = x + 2. Hint: The
bisector of an isosceles triangle is perpendicular to opposite side.

3.2. GEOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF LINEAR FUNCTIONS

195

Exercise 3.2.21
Find the point of intersection of the two lines 3x y = 7 and 2x + 3y = 1.
Exercise 3.2.22
Find the point of intersection of the two lines 8x+7y = 38 and 3x5y = 1.
Exercise 3.2.23
Find the equation of the line parallel to 3x = 4y + 5 and passing through the
point (2, 3).
Exercise 3.2.24
Show that the two lines 2x + 5y = 9 and 6x + 15y = 3 are parallel.
Exercise 3.2.25
Find the equation of the line that contains (0, 2) and is perpendicular to
y = 5x + 3.
Exercise 3.2.26
What is the slope of the line perpendicular to the line x = 2?
Exercise 3.2.27
Find the slope of each side of the triangle pictured below.

Exercise 3.2.28
Find the equation of the line which goes through the point (1, 2) and is
parallel to the line through the points (0, 1) and (2, 7).
Exercise 3.2.29
Let L1 be the line y = 12 x 5 and L2 be the line perpendicular to L1 and
passing through (1, 3). Find the point of intersection of L1 and L2 .
Exercise 3.2.30
Determine whether the lines are parallel, perpendicular, or neither: 5x6y =
25 and 6x + 5y = 0.

196

3.3

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Quadratic Functions

You recall that a linear function is a function that involves a first power of
x. A function of the form
f (x) = ax2 + bx + c,

a 6= 0

is called a quadratic function. The word quadratus is the latin word for
a square.
Quadratic functions are useful in many applications in mathematics when a
linear function is not sufficient. For example, the motion of an object thrown
either upward or downward is modeled by a quadratic function.
The graph of a quadratic function is known as a parabola and has a distinctive shape that occurs in nature. Geometrical discussion of quadratic
functions will be covered below.
Finding the Zeros of a Quadratic Function
In many applications one is interested in finding the zeros or the xintercepts
of a quadratic function. This means we wish to find all possible values of x
for which
ax2 + bx + c = 0.
For example, if v(t) = t2 4t + 4 is the velocity of an object in meters per
second then one may be interested in finding the time when the object is not
moving.
Finding the zeros of a quadratic function can be accomplished in two ways:
Factoring:
To factor ax2 + bx + c
(1) find two integers that have a product equal to ac and a sum equal to b,
(2) replace bx by two terms using the two new integers as coefficients,
(3) then factor the resulting four-term polynomial by grouping. Thus, obtaining (c1 xd1 )(c2 xd2 ) = 0. By the zero product property, we find x = dc11
or x = dc22 .
Example 3.3.1
Find the zeros of f (x) = x2 2x 8 using factoring.
Solution.
We need two numbers whose product is 8 and sum is 2. Such two integers

3.3. QUADRATIC FUNCTIONS

197

are 4 and 2. Thus,

x2 2x 8 = x2 + 2x 4x 8
= x(x + 2) 4(x + 2)
= (x + 2)(x 4) = 0.
Thus, either x = 2 or x = 4
Example 3.3.2
Find the zeros of f (x) = 2x2 + 9x + 4 using factoring.
Solution.
We need two integers whose product is ac = 8 and sum equals to b = 9. Such
two integers are 1 and 8. Thus,
2x2 + 9x + 4 =2x2 + x + 8x + 4
=x(2x + 1) + 4(2x + 1)
=(2x + 1)(x + 4).
Hence, the zeros are x = 21 and x = 4
Quadratic Formula:
Many quadratic functions are not easily factored. For example, the function
f (x) = 3x2 7x 7. However, the zeros can be found by using the quadratic
formula which we derive next:
ax2 + bx + c = 0 (subtract c from both sides)
ax2 + bx = c (multiply both sides by 4a)
4a2 x2 + 4abx = 4ac (add b2 to both sides)
4a2 x2 + 4abx + b2 = b2 4ac
(2ax + b)2 = b2 4ac

2ax + b = b2 4ac

b b2 4ac
x=
2a
provided that the discriminant = b2 4ac 0. This last formula is
known as the quadratic formula. Geometrically, when > 0, the graph

198

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

crosses the xaxis twice. When = 0, the graph is tangent to the xaxis.
If < 0 then equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has not real solutions. However, it
has complex solutions. Geometrically, the graph of f (x) = ax2 + bx + c does
not cross the xaxis.
Example 3.3.3
Find the zeros of f (x) = 3x2 7x 7 using the quadratic formula.
Solution.
Letting a = 3, b = 7 and c = 7 in the quadratic formula we have

7 133
x=
6
Example 3.3.4
Find the zeros of the function f (x) = 6x2 2x + 5 using the quadratic
formula.
Solution.
Letting a = 6, b = 2, and c = 5 in the quadratic formula we obtain

2 116
x=
12

But 116 is not a real number. Hence, the function has no zeros. Its graph
does not cross the xaxis
Example 3.3.5
What are the solutions of the quadratics: x2 + x + 1 = 0 and x2 2x + 3 = 0.
Solution.
Using the usual quadratic formula, we get the solutions as follows

1 1 4
1 i 3
=
2
2
and
2

4 12
2i 8
=
=1i 2
2
2

Graphs of Quadratic Functions

The graph of a quadratic function opens upward for a > 0 and opens downward for a < 0.

3.3. QUADRATIC FUNCTIONS

199

Example 3.3.6
Determine the concavity of f (x) = x2 + 4 from x = 1 to x = 5 using rates
of change over intervals of length 2. Graph f (x).
Solution.
Calculating the rates of change we find
f (1) f (1)
=0
1 (1)
f (3) f (1)
= 4
31
f (5) f (3)
= 8
53
Since the rates of change are getting smaller and smaller, the graph is concave down from x = 1 to x = 5. See Figure 3.3.1

Figure 3.3.1
For a > 0 the graph is concave up so the graph has a lowest point (global
minimum) and for a < 0 the graph open down so it has a heighest point
(global maximum). Either point is called the vertex.
The Vertex Form of a Quadratic Function
Using the method of completing the square we can rewrite the standard form
of a quadratic function into the form
f (x) = a(x h)2 + k

(3.3.1)

200

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

b
b
where h = 2a
and k = f ( 2a
)=

4acb2
.
4a2

To see this:


c
b
2
2
f (x) = ax + bx + c = a x + x +
a
a
!
 2  2
b
b
b
c
= a x2 + x +

+
a
2a
2a
a
!
 2
b
b
4ac b2
2
=a x + x+
+
a
2a
4a2

2
b
4ac b2
=a x+
= a(x h)2 + k.
+
2
2a
4a

Form ( 3.3.1) is known as the vertex form for a quadratic function. The
point (h, k) is the vertex of the parabola.
It follows from the vertex form that the graph of a quadratic function is
obtained from the graph of y = x2 by shifting horizontally h units, stretching
or compressing vertically by a factor of a ( and reflecting about the xaxis
if a < 0), and shifting vertically |k| units. Thus, if a > 0 then the parabola
opens up and the vertex in this case is the minimum point whereas for a < 0
the parabola opens down and the vertex is the maximum point. Also, note
that a parabola is symmetric about the line through the vertex. That is, the
b
. This line is called the axis of symmetry.
line x = 2a
Example 3.3.7
Find the vertex of the parabola f (x) = 4x2 12x 8 by first finding the
vertex form.
Solution.
Using the method of completing the square we find
f (x) = 4x2 12x + 8 = 4(x2 + 3x) + 8
9 9
= 4(x2 + 3x + ) + 8
4 4
9
3
2
= 4(x + 3x + ) 9 + 8 = 4(x + )2 1.
4
2
Thus, the vertex is the point ( 32 , 1)
Next, we discuss some techniques for finding the formula for a quadratic
function.

3.3. QUADRATIC FUNCTIONS

201

Example 3.3.8
Find the formula for a quadratic function with vertex (3, 2) and passing
through the point (0, 5).
Solution.
Using the vertex form, we have h = 3 and k = 2. It remains to find a.
Since the graph crosses the point (0, 5), we have 5 = a(0 + 3)2 + 2. Solving
for a we find a = 13 . Thus, f (x) = 13 (x + 3)2 + 2 = 31 x2 + 2x + 5
Example 3.3.9
Find the formula for a quadratic function with vertical intercept (0, 6) and
xintercepts (1, 0) and (3, 0).
Solution.
Since x = 1 and x = 3 are the xintercepts, we have f (x) = a(x 1)(x 3).
But f (0) = 6 so that 6 = 3a or a = 2. Thus, f (x) = 2(x 1)(x 3) =
2x2 8x + 6
We end this section by an application problem.
Example 3.3.10
A rancher has 1200 meters of fence to enclose a rectangular corral with another fence dividing it in the middle as shown in Figure 3.3.2.

Figure 3.3.2
What is the largest area that can be enclosed by the given fence?
Solution.
The two rectangles each have area xy, so we have
A = 2xy

202

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Next, we rewrite A in terms of x. Since 3y + 4x = 1200, solving for y we find

y = 400 43 x. Substitute this expression for y in the formula for total area
A to obtain
4
8
A = 2x(400 x) = 800x x2 .
3
3
This is a parabola that opens down so that its vertex yields the maximum
b
area. But in this case, x = 2a
= 800
16 = 150 meters.
3
Now that we know the value of x corresponding to the largest area, we can
find the value of y by going back to the equation relating x and y :
4
y = 400 (150) = 200
3

3.3. QUADRATIC FUNCTIONS

203

Exercises
Exercise 3.3.1
Find the vertex of f (x) = 3x2 + 6x + 1.
Exercise 3.3.2
Find the xintercepts of the function f (x) = x2 8x + 16.
Exercise 3.3.3
Determine the extreme point of f (x) = 2x2 + 8x + 3 and state whether it
is a minimum or a maximum point.
Exercise 3.3.4
Sketch the graph of f (x) = 2x2 + 3x 2.
Exercise 3.3.5
Sketch the graph of f (x) = 3x2 + 6x + 1.
Exercise 3.3.6
Sketch the graph of f (x) = x2 6x + 9.
Exercise 3.3.7
Sketch the graph of f (x) = 2x2 + x + 1.
Exercise 3.3.8
If the graph of f (x) = ax2 + 2x + 3 contains the point (1, 2), what is a?
Exercise 3.3.9
If the graph of f (x) = x2 + bx + 1 has an xintercept at x = 2, what is b?
Exercise 3.3.10
Suppose that the manufacturer of a gas clothes dryer has found that, when
the unit price is p dollars, the revenue R is
R(p) = 4p2 + 4, 000p.
What unit price should be established for the dryer to maximize revenue?
Exercise 3.3.11
What is the largest rectangular area that can be enclosed with 400 ft of
fencing?

204

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 3.3.12
Consider the function f (x) = x2 4x + 5.
(a) Find the coordinates of the vertex.
(b) Find the axis of symmetry.
(c) Find the x and y intercepts.
(d) Graph f (x).
Exercise 3.3.13
A projectile is fired from a cliff 200 ft above the water at an inclination of
45 to the horizontal, with an initial velocity of 50 ft per second. The height
h of the projectile above the water is given by
h(x) =

32 2
x + x + 200
2500

where x is the horizontal distance of the projectile from the base of the cliff.
How far from the base of the cliff is the height of the projectile a maximum?
Exercise 3.3.14
Find two numbers whose sum is 7 and whose product is maximum.
Exercise 3.3.15
A projectile is shot upward. Its distance, in ft, above the ground after t
seconds is h(t) = 16t2 + 400t. Calculate the time it takes for the projectile
to hit the ground and find the maximum altitude achieved by the projectile.
Exercise 3.3.16
Write the function y = 2x2 + 6x 10 in vertex form.
Exercise 3.3.17
Determine the equation of a quadratic function whose graph passes through
the point (1, 2) and has vertex (4, 5).
Exercise 3.3.18
Let f (x) be the function whose graph is obtained by translating the graph
of g(x) = 2x2 3x + 1 two units to the left and 5 units down. Find the
expression of f (x).
Exercise 3.3.19
Find the maximum value: f (x) = 5(x 1)2 + 3.

3.3. QUADRATIC FUNCTIONS

205

Exercise 3.3.20
Find the minimum value: f (x) = 12(x 5)2 + 2.
Exercise 3.3.21
Let x be the amount (in hundreds of dollars) a company spends on advertising, and let P be the profit, where P (x) = 230 + 20x 0.5x2 . What
expenditure for advertising results in the maximum profit?
Exercise 3.3.22
The number of bacteria in a refrigerated food is given by
N (T ) = 20T 2 80T + 55, 2 T 14
where T is the Celsius temperature of the food. When the food is removed
from refrigeration, the temperature is given by
T (t) = 4t + 2, 0 t 3
where t is the time in hours. The composition function (N T )(t) represents
the number of bacteria as a function of the amount of time the food has been
out of refrigeration. Find a formula for N (T (t)).
Exercise 3.3.23
A company produces a certain type of shirts. If the price x dollars for each
shirt, then the number actually sold (in thousands) is given by the expression:
N = 57 x.
How much revenue does the company get by selling shirts at x dollars?
Exercise 3.3.24
The formula h(t) = 16t2 + 64t + 960 gives the height h (in ft) of an object
thrown upward from the roof of a 960 ft building at an initial velocity of
64f t/sec. For what times t will the height be greater than 992f t?
Exercise 3.3.25
Solve by factoring: 2x2 + 13x 24 = 0.
Exercise 3.3.26
Solve using the quadratic formula: 3x2 10x + 5 = 0.

206

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 3.3.27
Find the vertext form: y = 3x2 12x 8.
Exercise 3.3.28
Find the vertex and the axis of symmetry: y = 2x2 + 12x + 19.
Exercise 3.3.29
Mark jumped off of a cliff into the ocean in Hawai while vacationing with
some friends. His height as a function of time could be modeled by the
function h(t) = 16t2 + 16t + 480, where t is the time in seconds and h is
the height in feet.
(a) How long did it take for Mark to reach his maximum height?
(b) What was the highest point that Mark reached?
(c) Mark hit the water after how many seconds?
Exercise 3.3.30
Solve the given quadratic equation and write the solutions in the form z =
a + bi.
(a) z 2 + 2z + 2 = 0
(b) 6z 2 5z + 5 = 0.
Exercise 3.3.31
Solve the given quadratic equation and write the solutions in the form z =
a + bi.
(a) 2z 2 + z + 3 = 0
(b) 3z 2 + 2z + 4 = 0.
Exercise 3.3.32
Solve the given quadratic equation and write the solutions in the form z =
a + bi.
(a) z 2 + 9 = 0
(b) x2 + 4x + 5 = 0.
Exercise 3.3.33
Show that the solutions of the equation
4x2 24x + 37 = 0
are complex conjugate of each other.

3.4. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

3.4

207

Polynomial Functions

In addition to linear and quadratic functions, many other types of functions

occur in mathematics and its applications. In this section, we will study
polynomial functions.
Polynomial functions are among the simplest, most important, and most
commonly used mathematical functions. These functions consist of one or
more terms of variables with whole number exponents. (Whole numbers are
positive integers and zero.) All such functions in one variable (usually x) can
be written in the form
f (x) = an xn + an1 xn1 + + a1 x + a0 , an 6= 0
where an , an1 , , a1 , a0 are all real numbers, called the coefficients of
f (x). The number n is a non-negative integer. It is called the degree of
the polynomial. A polynomial of degree zero is just a constant function.
A polynomial of degree one is a linear function, of degree two a quadratic
function, etc. The number an is called the leading coefficient and a0 is
called the constant term.
Note that the terms in a polynomial are written in descending order of the
exponents. Polynomials are defined for all values of x. That is, the domain
of a polynomial is the interval (, ) = R.
Example 3.4.1
Find the leading coefficient, the constant term and the degreee of the polynomial f (x) = 4x5 x3 + 3x2 + x + 1.
Solution.
The given polynomial is of degree 5, leading coefficient 4, and constant term
1
A polynomial function will never involve terms where the variable occurs
in a denominator, underneath a radical, as an input of either an exponential,
logarithmic, or trigonometric function.
Example 3.4.2
Determine whether the function is a polynomial function or not:
(a) f (x) = 3x4 4x2 + 5x 10
(b) g(x) = x3 ex + 3

208

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

(c) h(x) = x2
3x + x1 + 4
(d) i(x) = x2 x 5
(e) j(x) = x3 3x2 + 2x 5 ln x 3.
(f) k(x) = x sin x.
Solution.
(a) f (x) is a polynomial function of degree 4.
(b) g(x) is not a ploynomial because one of the terms is an exponential function.
(c) h(x) is not a polynomial because x is in the denominator of a fraction.
(d) i(x) is not a polynomial because it contains a radical sign.
(e) j(x) is not a polynomial because one of the terms is a logarithm of x.
(f) k(x) is not a polynomial function because it involves a trigonometric function
Graph of a Polynomial Function
Polynomials are continuous and smooth everywhere:
A continuous function means that it can be drawn without picking up
your pencil. There are no jumps or holes in the graph of a polynomial function.
A smooth curve means that there are no sharp turns (like an absolute
value) in the graph of the function.
The yintercept of the polynomial is the constant term a0 .
Long-Run Behavior of a Polynomial Function: Leading Coefficient Test
The behaviour of a polynomial in the long-run depends on the degree and
leading coefficient:
(i) If n is even and the leading coefficient an > 0 then f (x) as x .
(ii) If n is even and the leading coefficient an < 0 then f (x) as
x .
(iii) If n is odd and the leading coefficient an > 0 then f (x) as
x and f (x) as x .
(iv) If n is odd and the leading coefficient an < 0 then f (x) as x
and f (x) as x .
Example 3.4.3
According to the graphs in Figure 3.4.1, indicate the sign of an and the parity
of n for each curve.

3.4. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

209

Figure 3.4.1
Solution.
(a) an < 0 and n is odd.
(b) an > 0 and n is odd.
(c) an > 0 and n is even.
(d) an < 0 and n is even
Zeros of Polynomial Functions
We next discuss methods for solving a polynomial equation of the form
an xn + an1 xn1 + + a1 x + a0 = 0, an 6= 0.
A number a is said to be a solution or a zero to the above equation if the
equality is true when x is replaced by the number a. Denoting the polynomial
by f (x), a solution a of the polynomial equation satisfies f (a) = 0. Geometrically, solutions to a polynomial equation are just the xintercepts of the
function f (x). That is, the points where the graph of the function crosses the
xaxis. Two important results concerning the zeros of a polynomial:
The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra: A polynomial function of degree n has exactly n roots counting repeated roots and complex roots. Complex roots occur in conjugate pair. The number of time a zero is repeated

210

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

is called the algebraic multiplicity of the zero. At a zero with repeated

multiplicity, the graph is tangent to the xaxis at that point.
Example 3.4.4
Find the zeros with their corresponding multiplicities: f (x) = 3(x 2)4 (3x +
5)3 (x + 3).
Solution.
x = 2 is a zero of multiplicity 4; x = 35 is of multiplicity 3; and x = 3 is
of multiplicity 1
Intermediate value theorem: If f is a polynomial and a and b are two
numbers such that f (a) and f (b) are of opposite signs, then there is a number c between a and b such that f (c) = 0.
Example 3.4.5
Given the function f (x) = a5 x5 + a4 x4 + a3 x3 + a2 x2 + a1 x + a0 , a5 > 0.
Suppose that: f (4) = f (4) = 0, f (1) > 0, f (0) < 0 and f (1) > 0. How
many real zeros does the function f (x) have?
Solution.
Since f (4) = f (4) = 0, 4 are two zeros. Since f (1) > 0 and f (0) < 0,
by the intermediate value theorem there is a zero between 1 and 0. Likewise there is a zero between 0 and 1. Since there are four real roots, by the
fundamental theorem of algebra, the fifth must be also real (remember that
complex zeros occur in pair). Hence, there are a total of five real zeros
We next discuss ways for finding the roots.
Solving by Factoring
This process consists of factoring the polynomial and then using the zero
product rule which says that if a product of several numbers is zero then at
least one of the factors must be zero. We illustrate this process in the next
couple of examples.
Example 3.4.6
Solve: (x 1)(x 2)(x + 2) = 0.

3.4. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

211

Solution.
By the zero product rule we have x 1 = 0, x 2 = 0 or x + 2 = 0. Thus,
the solutions are x = 1, x = 2, and x = 2
Example 3.4.7
Find the xintercepts of the polynomial f (x) = x3 x2 6x.
Solution.
Factoring the given function to obtain
f (x) = x(x2 x 6)
= x(x 3)(x + 2).
Thus, the xintercepts are the zeros of the equation
x(x 3)(x + 2) = 0.
That is, x = 0, x = 3, or x = 2
Factoring by Grouping
We have already encountered the factoring by grouping when solving quadratic
equations. We illsutrate this method for non-quadratic equations.
Example 3.4.8
Use factoring by grouping to solve the equation : x3 x2 4x + 4 = 0.
Solution.
We factor the given polynomial as follows:
x3 x2 4x + 4 =(x3 3x2 ) (4x 4)
=x2 (x 1) 4(x 1)
=(x 1)(x2 4) = (x 1)(x 2)(x + 2).
Thus, the problem reduces to solving the equation
(x 1)(x 2)(x + 2) = 0.
By the zero product rule we find the solutions x = 1, x = 2, and x = 2
The nth Root Method
This method is used to solve equationsof the form xn = a. If n is odd then
there is only one solution which is
x = n a. If n is
even and a > 0 then there
are two solutions, namely, x = n a and x = n a. If n is even and a < 0
then the equation has complex solutions.

212

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Example 3.4.9
Solve: (a) x3 + 27 = 0 (b) 5x4 = 80 (c) x2 + 1 = 0.
Solution.
(a) We have x3 = 27 = 33 and this implies that x = 3.
(b) The given equation simplifies to x4 = 16 = 24 so that x = 2 or x = 2.
(c) Since x2 = 1 = i2 , we have the conjugate solutions x = i
Graphical Method
When algebraic methods fail to work, a remedy is to solve graphically using
a graphing calculator or a computer software. This method is known as the
xintercept method as illustrated in the example below.
Example 3.4.10
Solve graphically the equation: 2.56x3 + 53.73x2 356.47x + 757.74 = 0.
Solution.
We use a calculator to graph the function f (x) = 2.56x3 + 53.73x2
356.47x + 757.74. The graph shows three xintercepts. You can find the
xintercepts by either using the key TRACE or the graphical solver ZERO.
The xintercepts found by this method are decimal approximations of the
exact solutions rather than the exact solutions. TI83 will show that the approximate xintercepts to the given function are x 5, x 6, or x 10.1
Finding a Formula for a Polynomial from its Graph
Example 3.4.11
Find a formula of the function whose graph is given Figure 3.4.2.
Solution.
From the graph we see that f (x) has the form
f (x) = k(x + 1)(x 3)2 .
Since f (0) = 3, we find k(0 + 1)(0 3)2 = 3 or k = 31 . Thus,
1
f (x) = (x + 1)(x 3)2
3

3.4. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Figure 3.4.2

213

214

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercises
Exercise 3.4.1
What are the leading term, the constant term, and the degree of the polynomial function f (x) = 3x4 + x3 + 7x2 10?
Exercise 3.4.2
Given the function f (x) = a5 x5 + a4 x4 + a3 x3 + a2 x2 + a1 x + a0 , a5 > 0.
Determine the right-hand and left-hand behavior of the graph of f (x).
Exercise 3.4.3
Use a graphing calculator, find the x intercepts of the function f (x) =
x4 3x3 + 6x2 + 8x.
Exercise 3.4.4
Each graph below is the graph of a polynomial function:
(1) Describe the long run behaviour;
(2) determine whether the polynomial is of odd or even degree;
(3) state the number of real zeros.

Exercise 3.4.5
What is the largest number of real roots that a 7th degree polynomial could
have? What is the smallest?
Exercise 3.4.6
What is the long-run behavior of f (x) = x6 + ax5 + bx4 + cx3 + dx2 + ex + g?
Exercise 3.4.7
Use factoring by grouping to find the zeros of f (x) = x3 x2 5x + 5.
Exercise 3.4.8
Subtract: (3x3 4x2 + 3) (x 2x2 x3 + 1).

3.4. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

215

Exercise 3.4.9
Find the three zeros of f (x) = x3 x2 2x by factoring.
Exercise 3.4.10
Find a polynomial of degree three, with leading coefficient 2 and having
the real roots 3, 2 and 5.
Exercise 3.4.11
Use direct substitution to determine whether the number 2 is a zero of the
polynomial f (x) = 2x3 + x2 + 2x + 3.
Exercise 3.4.12
Find the zeros of the polynomial function f (x) = 5(x + 9)2 (x 3)3 and state
the multiplicity of each.
Exercise 3.4.13

Find a polynomial of degree 4, leading coefficient 1, and zeros: 10, 10,
and 9 with multiplicity 2.
Exercise 3.4.14
Find a polynomial of degree 4 whose graph is given below.

Exercise 3.4.15
Find the real zeros of f (x) = x4 5x2 + 4.
Exercise 3.4.16
Which of the following are polynomial functions?
3
(a) f (x) = x
2x +4.
+

3
(b) f (x) = ( x) 2( x)2 + 5 x 3.
x2 5
(c) f (x) = x3 +2x
.
241 2
(d) f (x) = ( x) + 2( x) 10.

216

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 3.4.17
Which of the following is the graph of a polynomial function?

Exercise 3.4.18
Find the zeros and their corresponding multiplicities for f (x) = x3 2x2
4x + 8.
Exercise 3.4.19
Starting with the function f (x) = x3 , find the formula of the function g(x)
obtained from f (x) by a shift 3 units to the left, followed by a vertical stretch
by a factor of 4 and then shifted down by 7 units.
Exercise 3.4.20
A box with no lid can be made by cutting out squares from each corner of a
rectangular piece of cardboard and folding up the sides. A particular piece
of cardboard has a length of 20 cm and a width of 16 cm. The side length
of a corner square is x. Write the function expressing the volume of the box
and find its domain.

Exercise 3.4.21
Show that the polynomial function f (x) = x5 2x3 2 = 0 has a real solution
between 0 and 2.

3.4. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

217

Exercise 3.4.22
Sketch a graph of a 3rd degree polynomial function with two positive real
zeros, 1 negative real zero, and a negative leading coefficient.
Exercise 3.4.23
Sketch the graph of f (x) = x2 (x 4)(x + 2).
Exercise 3.4.24
Without using a graphing tool, make a sketch of the polynomial f (x) =
(x + 1)(x 3)(x 4) by using the end-behavior roots and degree.
Exercise 3.4.25
Without using a graphing tool, make a sketch of the polynomial f (x) =
(x 6)2 (x + 1) by using the end-behavior roots and degree.
Exercise 3.4.26
Without using a graphing tool, make a sketch of the polynomial f (x) =
x(x + 1)2 (x 4)2 by using the end-behavior roots and degree.
Exercise 3.4.27
Without using a graphing tool, make a sketch of the polynomial f (x) =
(x + 1)3 (x 1)2 by using the end-behavior roots and degree.
Exercise 3.4.28
Show that every polynomial of odd degree has a zero.
Exercise 3.4.29
Solve using factoring: x3 + 2x2 25x 50 = 0.
Exercise 3.4.30
A designer is making a rectangular prism box with maximum volume, with
the sum of its length, width and height equal to 8 inches. The length must
be twice the width. What should each dimension be? Use graphical method
for drawing the volume function. Round to the nearest tenth of an inch.

218

3.5

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Division of Polynomials

In this section we consider the algebraic operation of division of polynomials.

Two methods to be discussed: the long division and the synthetic division.
Long Division
Just as we can divide two numbers using long division, we can also use the
same process to divide two polynomials. To divide a polynomial f (x) by
a polynomial g(x) is to find a polynomial function q(x), called the quotient, and a polynomial function r(x), called the remainder, such that
f (x) = q(x)g(x) + r(x) where the degree of r(x) is less than the degree of
g(x).

Example 3.5.1
Divide x2 + x 1 by x + 2.

Solution.
We set this up in the same manner as long division of numbers,
x1
x+2
x +x1
x2 2x
x1
x+2
1

Thus, the quotient is q(x) = x and the remainder is r(x) = 1

Example 3.5.2
Divide 3x5 2x4 + 6x3 4x2 24x + 16 by x2 + 4.

3.5. DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS

219

Solution.
We set this up in the same manner as long division of numbers,
3x3 2x2 6x + 4
x2 + 4
3x5 2x4 + 6x3 4x2 24x + 16
3x5
12x3
2x4 6x3 4x2
2x4
+ 8x2
6x3 + 4x2 24x
6x3
+ 24x
4x2
+ 16
4x2
16
0

Thus, the quotient is q(x) = 3x3 2x2 6x+4 and the remainder is r(x) = 0
Example 3.5.3
Divide 3x3 + 4x + 11 by x2 3x + 2.
Solution.
We set this up in the same manner as long division of numbers,
3x + 9
x 3x + 2
3x
+ 4x + 11
3
2
3x + 9x 6x
9x2 2x + 11
9x2 + 27x 18
25x 7
2

Thus, the quotient is q(x) = 3x + 9 and the remainder is r(x) = 25x 7

Now, when we divide a polynomial function f (x) by x a we obtain two
functions q(x) and r(x) such that
f (x) = (x a)q(x) + r(x).
Letting x = a, we find r(x) = f (a). We refer to this result as the remainder
theorem

220

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Example 3.5.4
Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder of the division of f (x) =
x4 + x3 7x 10 by x 2.
Solution.
By the remainder theorem, we have
r(x) = f (2) = 24 + 23 7(2) 10 = 0
As a result of the remainder theorem we have the factor theorem which
states that if f (a) = 0 then xa is a factor of f (x). Indeed, if r(x) = f (a) = 0
then by the remainder theorem, we have f (x) = (x a)q(x). Thus, x a is
a factor of f (x). Also, since f (a) = 0, a is an xintercept of f (x).
Example 3.5.5
Show that x 2 is a factor of f (x) = 2x4 + 7x3 4x2 27x 18.
Solution.
By the remainder theorem, we have f (2) = 2(2)4 +7(2)3 4(2)2 27(2)18 =
0. Hence, x 2 is a factor of f (x)
Example 3.5.6
Use the factor theorem to determine whether f (x) = 2x3 x2 16x + 15 is
divisible by x 2 and x + 3.
Solution.
We have f (2) = 2(2)3 (2)2 16(2) + 15 = 5 6= 0 so f (x) is not divisible
by x 2. Likewise, f (3) = 0 so that f (x) is divisible by x + 3
Synthetic Division
A quicker method for finding the quotient and the remainder of the division
of a polynomial function f (x) by x a is the method of synthetic division
which we explore in the next examples.
Example 3.5.7
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = x3 + x2 1 by
x 1.

3.5. DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS

221

Solution.
Using synthetic division as shown in Figure 3.5.1, we write the coefficients of
f in decreasing order at the top of the chart. If a power of x is missing, we
use the coefficient 0. On the second row, the 1 on the left is the zero of x 1.
A blank is left under the leading coefficient in the chart. The first entry on
the third row is always the leading coefficient of f. We multiply this entry
by the zero of x 1 which is in this case 1. We carry the result up into the
next column as the arrows indicate. Next, add down the column and repeat
the process.

Figure 3.5.1
The numbers along the bottom row are the coefficients of the quotient with
the powers of x in descending order. The last coefficient is the remainder.
The first power is one less than the highest power of the polynomial that was
being divided. Hence, q(x) = x2 + 2x + 2 and r(x) = 1
Example 3.5.8
Let f (x) = x5 + 2x3 x + 1. Use the Remainder Theorem and synthetic
division to compute f (2).
Solution.
Using synthetic division, we find
1
2
1
Hence, f (2) = 45

12

24

46

12

23

45

222

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Rational Root Test

The rational root test is a useful test in finding the roots of a polynomial
with integer coefficients. The test provides a listing of possible rational roots
of the polynomial.
Rational Root Test: If f (x) = an xn + an1 xn1 + + a1 x + a0 is a
polynomial with integer coefficients and if pq is a rational root of f then p
divides a0 and q divides an .
Hence, according to this test, a potential candidate for a root of f is a ratio
of a divisor of a0 over a divisor of an . We illustrate the use of this test next.
Example 3.5.9
Use the rational root test to solve x3 6x2 + 11x 6 = 0.
Solution.
In this case, a3 = 1 and a0 = 6. Divisors of a1 are: 1. Divisors of a0 are:
1, 2, 3, 6. Hence, possible rational roots are
1, 2, 3, 6.
It must be stressed that these are not necessarily roots of our polynomial.
In fact it may turn out that none of these is a root of our polynomial, in
which case the polynomial has only complex or irrational roots, but if our
polynomial has any rational roots whatsoever, those rational roots must be
one of the rational numbers in our list.
The next step is to check each of the values on the list. This is usually done
by using synthetic division. The reader can check that the first rational root
on the list is x = 1
1 6
11 6
1
1

In this case, the given equation can be factored into (x 1)(x2 5x + 6) =

(x 1)(x 2)(x 3). Hence, the roots of the given equation are 1, 2, and 3
Example 3.5.10
Use the rational root test to find all the real zeros of f (x) = 10x4 3x3
29x2 + 5x + 12.

3.5. DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS

223

Solution.
We have a4 = 10 and a0 = 12. The possible rational roots are
3 1 2 3 6 12
1
3
1, 2, 3, 4, 12, , , , , , , , .
2 5 5 5 5
5
10 10
Checking these value, we find
3

29

12

15

27

12

18

10

3
2

10

Hence, f (x) = x + 32 (10x3 18x2 2x + 8) = (2x + 3)(5x3 9x2 x + 4).
Next, we apply the rational root test to the function g(x) = 5x3 9x2 x+4.
We have a3 = 5 and a0 = 4 so that the possible rational roots are
1 2 4
1, 2, 4, , , .
5 5 5
We find
5
4
5

5


4

Thus, f (x) = (2x + 3) x 5 (5x2 5x 5) = (2x + 3)(5x 4)(x2 x 1).

2
We solve
formula, we find
the equation x x 1 = 0 using the quadratic
x = 12 5 . Hence, all the real zeros of f (x) are: 23 , 45 , 12 5

224

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercises
Exercise 3.5.1
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 3x3 2x + 4
by g(x) = x2 + x + 1.
Exercise 3.5.2
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 2x5 x4 +2x2 1
by g(x) = x3 x2 + 1.
Exercise 3.5.3
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 6x4 + 5x3
3x2 + x + 3 by g(x) = 2x2 x + 1.
Exercise 3.5.4
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 3x3 8x 4
by g(x) = x2 + 2x + 1.
Exercise 3.5.5
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 2x5 3x3 +
2x2 x + 3 by g(x) = x3 + 1.
Exercise 3.5.6
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = x3 + x2 4 by
g(x) = x4 + 1.
Exercise 3.5.7
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 2x3 +7x2 4x+7
by g(x) = x2 + 2x 1.
Exercise 3.5.8
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 6x4 + 15x3
5x2 4 by g(x) = 3x2 4.
Exercise 3.5.9
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = x4 x3 x2 +
4x 2 by g(x) = x2 + x 1.
Exercise 3.5.10
Find the quotient and the remainder of the division of f (x) = 5x5 24x3
7x2 5x + 35 by g(x) = x3 + 2x 1.

3.5. DIVISION OF POLYNOMIALS

225

Exercise 3.5.11
Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder of the division of f (x) =
x5 + 2x3 x + 1 by x + 2.
Exercise 3.5.12
Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder of the division of f (x) =
5x4 2x2 1 by x 31 .
Exercise 3.5.13
Find k such that when f (x) = 2x3 + x2 5x + 2k is divided by x + 1 the
remainder is 6.
Exercise 3.5.14
Use the remainder theorem to find the remainder of the division of f (x) =
x4 5x3 + 4x2 9x + 10 by x + 3.
Exercise 3.5.15
Show that x + 4 is a factor of f (x) = 5x3 + 12x2 20x + 48.
Exercise 3.5.16
Find the value of c so that x + 3 is a factor of f (x) = 2x4 x3 9x2 + 22x + c.
Exercise 3.5.17
Find the value of c so that x 2 is a factor of f (x) = x5 + 5x3 6x2 + cx 64.
Exercise 3.5.18
Show that x + 1 is not a factor of f (x) = 5x3 + 4x2 3x + 9.
Exercise 3.5.19
Is x 5 a factor of f (x) = x3 + x2 27x 15?
Exercise 3.5.20
Given that x = 2 is a zero of f (x) = 2x3 3x2 11x+6. Find the remaining
zeros.
Exercise 3.5.21
Use the remainder theorem and synthetic division to show that x = 2 is a
solution to the equation: x3 3x2 + 3x 2 = 0.

226

CHAPTER 3. POLYNOMIAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 3.5.22
Let f (x) = 5x4 2x2 1. Use the Remainder Theorem and synthetic division
to compute f ( 13 ).
Exercise 3.5.23
Use synthetic division to determine f (3) where f (x) = x4 5x3 + 4x2
9x + 10.
Exercise 3.5.24
Use synthetic division to find the quotient and the remainder of the division
of f (x) = 3x3 5x2 + 4x + 2 by 3x + 1.
Exercise 3.5.25
Use synthetic division to find the quotient and the remainder of the division
of f (x) = 3x3 2x2 7x + 6 by x + 1.
Exercise 3.5.26
Using the rational root test, obtain all the real roots of f (x) = 8x3 + 2x2 +
4x + 1.
Exercise 3.5.27
Using the rational root test, obtain all the real roots of f (x) = x3 + 2x2
11x 12.
Exercise 3.5.28
Using the rational root test, obtain all the real roots of f (x) = x3 +6x2 x6.
Exercise 3.5.29
Using the rational root test, obtain all the real roots of f (x) = 15x3 + 14x2
3x 2.
Exercise 3.5.30
Using the rational root test, obtain all the real roots of f (x) = x4 6x2
8x + 24.

Chapter 4
Rational Functions
In this chapter we will introduce rational functions, study their graphs, and
learn how to decompose them into simpler fractions.

227

228

4.1

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Graphs and Asymptotes

A rational function is a function that is the ratio of two polynomial func(x)

tions fg(x)
. The domain consists of all real numbers x such that g(x) 6= 0.
Example 4.1.1
Find the domain of the function f (x) =
notation.

x2
.
x2 x6

Write your answer in interval

Solution.
The domain consists of all numbers x such that x2 x 6 6= 0. But this last
quadratic expression is 0 when x = 2 or x = 3. Thus, the domain is the set
(, 2) (2, 3) (3, )
The Long-Run Behavior: Horizontal and Oblique Asymptotes
Given a rational function
am xm + am1 xm1 + + a1 x + a0
.
f (x) =
bn xn + bn1 xn1 + + b1 x + b0
We consider the following three cases:
Case 1: m = n
In this case, we can write
x n an +
f (x) = n
x bn +

an1
x
bn1
x

+ +
+ +

a1
xn1
b1
xn1

+
+

a0
xn
b0
xn

Now, for 1 k n we know that

1
0 as x .
xn
Thus, f (x) abnn as x . We call the line y = abnn a horizontal asymptote. Geometrically, the graph flatten out as x .
Example 4.1.2
Find the horizontal asymptote of f (x) =

3x2 +2x4
.
2x2 x+1

Solution.
As x , we have
3x2 + 2x 4
2x2 x + 1
x2 3 + x2 x42
3
= 2
1
1
x 2 x + x2
2

f (x) =

4.1. GRAPHS AND ASYMPTOTES

Hence, y =

3
2

229

is a horizontal asymptote

Case 2: m < n
In this case, we can write
f (x) =

am1
xm1
bn + bn1
x

am +

1
xnm

+ +
+ +

a1
+ xam0
xm1
b1
+ xb0n
xn1

Hence, f (x) 0 as x . In this case, the x axis is the horizontal

asymptote.
Example 4.1.3
Find the horizontal asymptote of f (x) =

2x+3
.
x3 2x2 +4

Solution.
As x , we have
2x + 3
2x2 + 4
2 + x3
1
= 2
0
x 1 x2 + x43

f (x) =

x3

so the xaxis is the horizontal asymptote

Case 3: m > n
In this case, we can use long division of polynomial to write

f (x)
g(x)

r(x)
= q(x) + g(x)

where the degree of r(x) is less than that of g(x). As in case 2,

r(x)
g(x)

0 as

f (x)
g(x)

x so that
q(x) 0 as x . We call y = q(x) an oblique
asymptote. Geometrically, f (x) gets level out close to the oblique line as
x .
Example 4.1.4
Find the oblique asymptote of f (x) =

2x2 3x1
.
x2

Solution.
Using long division of polynomials, we find
f (x) = 2x + 1 +

1
.
x2

Hence, f (x) (2x + 1) 0 as x . Hence, y = 2x + 1 is the oblique

asymptote

230

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Remark 4.1.1
It is possible for the graph to cross either the horizontal asymptote or the
oblique asymptote.
The Short-Run Behavior: Horizontal Intercepts/Vertical Asymptotes
We next study the local behavior of rational functions which includes the zeros and the vertical asymptotes.
The Zeros of a Rational Function
The zeros of a rational function are its xintercepts. They are those
numbers that make the numerator zero and the denominator non-zero.
Example 4.1.5
Find the zeros of each of the following functions:
(a) f (x) =

x2 +x2
x3

(b) g(x) =

x2 +x2
.
x1

Solution.
(a) Factoring the numerator we find x2 + x 2 = (x 1)(x + 2). Thus, the
zeros of the numerator are 1 and 2. Since the denominator is different from
zero at these values, the zeros of f (x) are 1 and 2.
(b) The zeros of the numerator are 1 and 2. Since 1 is also a zero of the
denominator, g(x) has 2 as the only zero
Vertical Asymptotes
When the graph of a function either grows without bounds or decay without
bounds as x a from either sides, then we say that x = a is a vertical
asymptote. For rational functions, the vertical asymptotes are the zeros
of the denominator. Thus, if x = a is a vertical asymptote then as x approaches a from either sides, the function either increases without bounds or
decreases without bounds. The graph of a function never crosses its vertical
asymptotes since the function is not defined there.
Example 4.1.6
Find the vertical asymptotes of the function f (x) =

2x11
x2 +2x8

Solution.
Factoring x2 + 2x 8 = 0 we find (x 2)(x + 4) = 0. Thus, the vertical

4.1. GRAPHS AND ASYMPTOTES

231

asymptotes are the lines x = 2 and x = 4

Graphing Rational Functions
To graph a rational function h(x) =
1.
of
2.
3.
4.
5.

f (x)
:
g(x)

Find the domain of h(x) and therefore sketch the vertical asymptotes
h(x).
Sketch the horizontal or the oblique asymptotes if they exist.
Find the xintercepts of h(x) by solving the equation f (x) = 0.
Find the yintercept, if it exists: h(0).
Draw the graph.

Example 4.1.7
Sketch the graph of the function f (x) =

x(4x)
.
x2 6x+5

Solution.
1. Domain = (, 1) (1, 5) (5, ). The vertical asymptotes are x = 1
and x = 5.
2. As x , f (x) 1 so the line y = 1 is the horizontal asymptote.
3. The xintercepts are at x = 0 and x = 4.
4. The yintercept is y = 0.
5. The graph is given in Figure 4.1.1

Figure 4.1.1

232

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Case when numerator and denominator have common zeros

2 +x2
We have seen in Example 4.1.5, that the function g(x) = x x1
has a
common zero at x = 1. You might wonder what the graph looks like. For
x 6= 1, the function reduces to g(x) = x + 2. Thus, the graph of g(x) is a
straight line with a hole at x = 1 as shown in Figure 4.1.2.

Figure 4.1.2

4.1. GRAPHS AND ASYMPTOTES

233

Exercises
In Exercises 4.1.1 - 4.1.9 answer the following questions:
(a) Find the domain of existence.
(b) Find the horizontal/oblique asymptotes, if they exist.
(c) Find the vertical asymptote(s), if they exist.
(d) Find the intercepts.
(e) Graph.
Exercise 4.1.1
f (x) =

1
.
x2

Exercise 4.1.2
f (x) =

2
.
x+3

Exercise 4.1.3
f (x) =

3
.
(x 1)2

Exercise 4.1.4
f (x) =

x2

x
.
1

Exercise 4.1.5
f (x) =

3x
.
x+1

f (x) =

4
.
x2 + 1

f (x) =

2x + 1
.
x+1

Exercise 4.1.6

Exercise 4.1.7

234

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 4.1.8
f (x) =

2x2
.
3x2 + 1

f (x) =

x2 x
.
x+1

Exercise 4.1.9

Exercise 4.1.10
Find the oblique asymptote of f (x) =

2x3 1
.
x2 1

Exercise 4.1.11
Write a rational function satisfying the following criteria:
Vertical asymptote: x = 1.
Horizontal asymptote: y = 2.
yintercept: y = 3.
xintercept: x = 32 .
Exercise 4.1.12
Find the zeros of the rational function f (x) =
Exercise 4.1.13
Find the yintercept of the function f (x) =

x2 +x2
.
x+1

3
.
x2

Exercise 4.1.14
Write a rational function with vertical asymptotes x = 2 and x = 1.
Exercise 4.1.15
Find the horizontal asymptote of f (x) =

2x1
.
x2 +1

Exercise 4.1.16
Find the domain of the function f (x) =

x+4
.
x2 +x6

Exercise 4.1.17
Find the horizontal asymptote of f (x) =
Exercise 4.1.18
Find the oblique asymptote of f (x) =

x2
.
3x2 4x1

x2 1
.
2x

4.1. GRAPHS AND ASYMPTOTES

235

Exercise 4.1.19
Find the domain of (f g)(x) if f (x) =
Exercise 4.1.20
Find the domain of f (x) =

1
x+2

and g(x) =

4
.
x1

2x9
.
x3 +2x2 8x

Exercise 4.1.21
Find the vertical asymptotes of f (x) =

x2 +1
.
x3 +2x2 25x50

Exercise 4.1.22
Find the horizontal asymptote of f (x) =

5x2 x+2
.
2x2 +3x7

Exercise 4.1.23
Find the horizontal asymptote of f (x) =

5x3 x2 +2
.
2x4 +3x3 7

Exercise 4.1.24
Find the oblique asymptote of f (x) =
Exercise 4.1.25
Find the xintercepts of f (x) =

10x2 +7x+2
.
2x3

x3 +2x2 25x+50
.
x2 +x+1

Exercise 4.1.26
Sketch the graph of f (x) =

x2
.
x2 1

Exercise 4.1.27
Sketch the graph of f (x) =

1x2
.
x+1

Exercise 4.1.28
Sketch the graph of f (x) =

x2 x+2
.
x3

Exercise 4.1.29
The concentration C(in mg/dl), of a certain antibiotic in a patients bloodstream is given by
50t
C(t) = 2
t + 25
where t is the time (in hours) after taking the antibiotic.
(a) What is the concentration 4 hours after taking the antibiotic?
(b) In order for the antibiotic to be effective, 4 or more mg/dl must be present
in the bloodstream. When do you have to take the antibiotic again?

236

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 4.1.30
A rare species of insect was discovered in the rain forest of Costa Rica. Environmentalists transplant the insect into a protected area. The population
of the insect t months after being transplanted is
P (t) =

45(1 + 0.6t)
.
(3 + 0.02t)

(a) What was the population when t = 0?

(b) What will the population be after 10 years?
(c) When will there be 549 insects?

4.2. PARTIAL FRACTIONS DECOMPOSITION

4.2

237

Partial Fractions Decomposition

The method of partial fractions decomposition consists of writing a

rational function, i.e., a function of the form
R(s) =

N (s)
D(s)

where N (s) and D(s) are polynomials, as a sum of simpler fractions called
partial fractions. This can be done in the following way:
Step 1. Use long division to find two polynomials r(s) and q(s) such that
r(s)
N (s)
= q(s) +
.
D(s)
D(s)
Note that if the degree of N (s) is smaller than that of D(s) then q(s) = 0
and r(s) = N (s).
Step 2. Write D(s) as a product of factors of the form (as + b)n or (as2 +
bs+c)n where as2 +bs+c is irreducible, i.e., as2 +bs+c = 0 has no real zeros.
r(s)
into a sum of partial fractions in the following
Step 3. Decompose D(s)
way:
(1) For each factor of the form (as + b)k write

A2
Ak
A1
+
+ +
,
2
as + b (as + b)
(as + b)k
where the numbers A1 , A2 , , Ak are to be determined.
(2) For each factor of the form (as2 + bs + c)k write
B2 s + C2
Bk s + Ck
B1 s + C1
+
+ +
,
2
2
2
as + bs + c (as + bs + c)
(as2 + bs + c)k
where the numbers B1 , B2 , , Bk and C1 , C2 , , Ck are to be determined.
Step 4. Multiply both sides of
an expression of the form

r(s)
D(s)

by D(s) and simplify. This leads to

r(s) = a polynomial whose coefficients are combinations of Ai , Bi , and Ci .

Finally, we find the constants, Ai , Bi , and Ci by equating the coefficients of
like powers of x on both sides of the last equation.

238

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Example 4.2.1
Decompose into partial fractions R(s) =

s3 +s2 +2
.
s2 1

Solution.
3
2 +2
= s + 1 + ss+3
Step 1. s s+s
2 1
2 1 .
2
Step 2. s 1 = (s 1)(s + 1).
s+3
A
B
Step 3. (s+1)(s1)
= s+1
+ s1
.
Step 4. Multiply both sides of the last equation by (s 1)(s + 1) to obtain
s + 3 = A(s 1) + B(s + 1).
Expand the right hand side, collect terms with the same power of s, and
identify coefficients of the polynomials obtained on both sides:
s + 3 = (A + B)s + (B A).
Hence, A + B = 1 and B A = 3. Adding these two equations gives B = 2.
Thus, A = 1 and so
1
2
s3 + s2 + 2
=s+1
+
2
s 1
s+1 s1
Example 4.2.2
1
into partial fractions.
Decompose s(s3)
Solution.
We write

1
A
B
= +
.
s(s 3)
s
s3

Multiply both sides by s(s 3) and simplify to obtain

1 = A(s 3) + Bs
or
1 = (A + B)s 3A.
Now equating the coefficients of like powers of s to obtain 3A = 1 and
A + B = 0. Solving for A and B we find A = 13 and B = 31 . Thus,
1
1 1 1
1
= +
s(s 3)
3 s 3 s3

4.2. PARTIAL FRACTIONS DECOMPOSITION

239

Example 4.2.3
Decompose (s+1)(s21+3s+2) into partial fractions.
Solution.
We factor the denominator and split the rational function into partial fractions:
1
A
B
C
=
+
.
+
2
2
(s + 1) (s + 2)
s + 1 (s + 1)
(s + 2)
Multiplying both sides by (s + 1)2 (s + 2) and simplifying to obtain
1 =A(s + 1)(s + 2) + B(s + 2) + C(s + 1)2
=(A + C)s2 + (3A + B + 2C)s + 2A + 2B + C.
Equating coefficients of like powers of s we find A + C = 0, 3A + B + 2C = 0
and 2A + 2B + C = 1. Applying the first equation to the second and the
third, the second equation reduces to A + B = 0 and the third reduces to
A + 2B = 1. Solving this system, we find A = 1, B = 1. Thus, C = 1.
Hence,
1
1
1
1
=
+
+
2
2
(s + 1)(s + 3s + 2)
s + 1 (s + 1)
s+2
Example 4.2.4
1
Decompose (s+2)(s
2 +9) into partial fractions.
Solution.
Using the partial fraction decomposition we can write
1
A
Bs + C
=
+
.
(s + 2)(s2 + 9)
s+2
s2 + 9
Multipliying both sides by (s + 2)(s2 + 9) to obtain
1 = A(s2 + 9) + (Bs + C)(s + 2)
= (A + B)s2 + (2B + C)s + 9A + 2C
Equating coefficients of like powers of s we find A + B = 0, 2B + C = 0,
and 9A + 2C = 1. Substituting B = A in the second equation and solving
1
2
the resulting equation and the third equation we find B = 13
, and C = 13
.
1
Hence, A = 13 . Thus,
1
1
s
2
=

+
2
2
2
(s + 2)(s + 9)
13(s + 2) 13(s + 9) 13(s + 9)2

240

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Example 4.2.5
10
Decompose (x1)(x
2 +9) into partial fractions.
Solution.
Using the method of partial fractions decomposition, we have
10
A
Bx + C
=
+ 2
2
(x 1)(x + 9) x 1
x +9
2
10 =(A + B)x + (B + C)x + 9A C
A + B =0
B + C =0
9A C =10.
The second equation implies B = C. Substituting this into the other two
equations to obtain the system
A + C =0
9A C =10.
Solving this system, we find A = 1 and C = 1 = B. Hence,
1
x
1
10
=
2
2
2
(x 1)(x + 9)
x1 x +9 x +9
Example 4.2.6
Decompose x(x21+4)2 into partial fractions.
Solution.
Using the method of partial fractions decomposition, we have
1
A Bx + C
Dx + E
=
+
+
x(x2 + 4)2 x
x2 + 4
(x2 + 4)2
1 =(A + B)x4 + Cx3 + (8A + 4B + D)x2 + (4C + E)x + 16A.
Equating coefficients of like powers of x, and solving the resulting system,
1
1
we find A = 16
, B = 16
, C = E = 0 and D = 14 . Thus,
x(x2

1 1
1 x
1
x
1
=

2
2
2
+ 4)
16 x 16 x + 4 4 (x + 4)2

4.2. PARTIAL FRACTIONS DECOMPOSITION

241

Exercise
In Problems 4.2.1 - 4.2.4, give the form of the partial fraction expansion for
the given fraction. You need not evaluate the constants in the expansion.
Exercise 4.2.1
s3 + 3s + 1
.
(s 1)3 (s 2)2
Exercise 4.2.2
s2 + 5s 3
.
(s2 + 16)(s 2)
Exercise 4.2.3
s3 1
.
(s2 + 1)2 (s + 4)2
Exercise 4.2.4
s4 + 5s2 + 2s 9
.
(s2 + 8s + 17)(s 2)2
Exercise 4.2.5
Decompose s3s+6
2 +3s into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.6
s2 +1
Decompose s(s+1)
2 into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.7
Decompose s22s3
into partial fractions.
3s+2
Exercise 4.2.8
2
Decompose 4ss3+s+1
into partial fractions.
+s
Exercise 4.2.9
2 +6s+8
Decompose s4s+8s
2 +16 into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.10
1
Decompose (s+2)s
2 into partial fractions.

242

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Exercise 4.2.11
s2 +6s+11
Decompose (s+1)
2 (s+2) into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.12
Decompose (s1)12 (s2) into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.13
Decompose s(s26+9) into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.14
Give the form of the partial fraction expansion for the given fractions. You
need not evaluate the constants in the expansion.
4 +1
(a) xx5 +4x
3.
1
(b) (x2 9)2 .
Exercise 4.2.15
Give the form of the partial fraction expansion for the given fractions. You
need not evaluate the constants in the expansion.
6 +1
(a) tt6 +t
3.
x5 +1
(b) (x2 x)(x
4 +2x2 +1) .
Exercise 4.2.16
2
Decompose 2x2 +3x+1
into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.17
4y 2 7y12
into partial fractions.
Decompose y(y+2)(y3)
Exercise 4.2.18
u
Decompose (u+1)(u+2)
into partial fractions.
Exercise 4.2.19
Decompose into partial fractions:

3x37
.
x2 3x4

Exercise 4.2.20
Decompose into partial fractions:

4x2
.
(x1)(x2)2

Exercise 4.2.21
Decompose into partial fractions:

9x+25
.
(x+3)2

4.2. PARTIAL FRACTIONS DECOMPOSITION

Exercise 4.2.22
Decompose into partial fractions:

4x3 3x+5
.
x2 2x

Exercise 4.2.23
Decompose into partial fractions:

2x3
.
x3 +x

243

Exercise 4.2.24
Give the form of the partial fraction expansion for the given fraction. You
need not evaluate the constants in the expansion.
2x3 + 5x 1
.
(x + 1)3 (x2 + 1)2
Exercise 4.2.25
Decompose into partial fractions:

x
.
(x2 +1)(x2 +2)

Exercise 4.2.26
Decompose into partial fractions:

x2 +1
.
x3 6x2 +11x6

Exercise 4.2.27
Decompose into partial fractions:

x+3
.
(x+5)(x2 +4x+5)

Exercise 4.2.28
Decompose into partial fractions:

x4 +2x3 +6x2 +20x+6

.
x3 +2x2 +x

Exercise 4.2.29
Decompose into partial fractions:

2x4 +4x3 +x2 +4x+1

.
x5 +x4 +x3 +x2 +x

Exercise 4.2.30
Decompose into partial fractions:

3x2 3x8
.
(x5)(x2 x+4)

244

CHAPTER 4. RATIONAL FUNCTIONS

Chapter 5
Exponential and Logarithmic
Functions
Two commonly encountered functions in applications are the exponential
function and its inverse function, the logarithmic function which are the
topics of this chapter.

245

246 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

5.1

Exponential Functions and their Graphs

Exponential functions appear in many applications such as population growth,

radioactive decay, and interest on bank loans.
Recall that linear functions are functions that change at a constant rate. For
example, if f (x) = mx + b then f (x + 1) = m(x + 1) + b = f (x) + m. So
when x increases by 1, the y value increases by m. In contrast, an exponential
function with base a is one that changes by constant multiples of a. That is,
f (x + 1) = af (x). Writing a = 1 + r we obtain f (x + 1) = f (x) + rf (x).
Thus, an exponential function is a function that changes at a constant percent rate.
Exponential functions are used to model increasing quantities such as population growth problems.

Example 5.1.1
Suppose that you are observing the behavior of cell duplication in a lab. In
one experiment, you started with one cell and the cells doubled every minute.
That is, the population cell is increasing at the constant rate of 100%. Write
an equation to determine the number (population) of cells after one hour.

Solution.
Table 1 below shows the number of cells for the first 5 minutes. Let P (t) be
the number of cells after t minutes.
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
P(t) 1 2 4 8 16 32
Table 1
At time 0, the number of cells is 1 or 20 = 1. After 1 minute, when t = 1,
there are two cells or 21 = 2. After 2 minutes, when t = 2, there are 4 cells
or 22 = 4.
Therefore, one formula to estimate the number of cells (size of population)
after t minutes is the equation (model)
f (t) = 2t .

5.1. EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS

247

It follows that f (t) is an increasing function. Computing the rates of change

to obtain
f (1)f (0)
= 1
10
f (2)f (1)
= 2
21
f (3)f (2)
= 4
32
f (4)f (3)
= 8
43
f (5)f (4)
= 16.
54
Thus, the rate of change is increasing. Geometrically, this means that the
graph of f (t) is concave up. See Figure 5.1.1.

Figure 5.1.1
Now, to determine the number of cells after one hour we convert to minutes
to obtain t = 60 minutes so that f (60) = 260 1.15 1018 cells
Exponential functions can also model decreasing quantities known as decay models.
Example 5.1.2
If you start a biology experiment with 5,000,000 cells and 45% of the cells
are dying every minute, how long will it take to have less than 50,000 cells?
Solution.
Let P (t) be the number of cells after t minutes. Then P (t + 1) = P (t)
0.45P (t) or P (t + 1) = 0.55P (t). By constructing a table of data we find

248 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

t
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

P(t)
5,000,000
2,750,000
1,512,500
831,875
457,531.25
251,642.19
138,403.20
76,121.76
41,866.97

So it takes 8 minutes for the population to reduce to less than 50,000 cells.
A formula of P (t) is P (t) = 5, 000, 000(0.55)t . The graph of P (t) is given in
Figure 5.1.2

Figure 5.1.2
From the previous two examples, we see that an exponential function has
the general form
P (t) = b at , a > 0 a 6= 1.
Since b = P (0), we call b the initial value. We call a the base of P (t).
If a > 1, then P (t) shows exponential growth with growth factor a. The
graph of P will be similar in shape to that in Figure 5.1.1.
If 0 < a < 1, then P shows exponential decay with decay factor a. The
graph of P will be similar in shape to that in Figure 5.1.2.
Since P (t + 1) = aP (t), P (t + 1) = P (t) + rP (t) where r = a 1. We call r
the percent growth rate.
Remark 5.1.1
Why a is restricted to a > 0 and a 6= 1? Since t is allowed to have any value,

5.1. EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS

249

a negative a will create meaningless expressions such as a (if t = 12 ). Also,

for a = 1 the function P (t) = b is called a constant function and its graph
is a horizontal line.
The Effect of the Parameters a and b
Recall that an exponential function with base a and initial value b is a function of the form f (x) = b ax . We will assume that b > 0. Since b = f (0),
(0, b) is the vertical intercept of f (x).
Lets see the effect of the parameter b on the graph of f (x) = bax .
Example 5.1.3
Graph, on the same axes, the exponential functions f1 (x) = 2(1.1)x , f2 (x) =
(1.1)x , and f3 (x) = 0.75(1.1)x .
Solution.
The three functions are shown in Figure 5.1.3.

Figure 5.1.3
Note that these functions have the same growth factor but different b and
therefore different vertical intercepts
We know that the slope of a linear function measures the steepness of the
graph. Similarly, the parameter a measures the steepness of the graph of an
exponential function. First, we consider the effect of the growth factor on
the graph.

250 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Example 5.1.4
Graph, on the same axes, the exponential functions f1 (x) = 4x , f2 (x) = 3x ,
and f3 (x) = 2x .
Solution.
Using a graphing calculator we find

Figure 5.1.4
It follows that the greater the value of a, the more rapidly the graph rises.
That is, the growth factor a affects the steepness of an exponential function.
Also note that as x decreases, the function values approach the xaxis. Symbolically, as x , y 0 and the xaxis is a horizontal asymptote
Next, we study the effect of the decay factor on the graph.
Example 5.1.5
Graph, on the same axes, the exponential functions f1 (x) = 2x =
3x , and f3 (x) = 4x .
Solution.
Using a graphing calculator we find

1 x
2

, f2 (x) =

5.1. EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS

251

Figure 5.1.5
It follows that the smaller the value of a, the more rapidly the graph falls.
Also as x increases, the function values approach the xaxis. Symbolically,
as x , y 0
Exponential Functions with Base e
When writing y = bet then we say that y is an exponential function with
base e. Now, suppose that Q(t) = bat . Then there is a number k such that
a = ek . Thus,
Q(t) = b(ek )t = bekt .
Note that if k > 0 then ek > 1 so that Q(t) represents an exponential growth
and if k < 0 then ek < 1 so that Q(t) is an exponential decay.
We call the constant k the continuous growth rate.
Example 5.1.6
If f (t) = 3(1.072)t is rewritten as f (t) = 3ekt , find k.
Solution.
By comparison of the two functions we find ek = 1.072. Solving this equation
graphically (e.g. using a calculator) we find k 0.695
Example 5.1.7
A population increases from its initial level of 7.3 million at the continuous
rate of 2.2% per year. Find a formula for the population P (t) as a function
of the year t. When does the population reach 10 million?

252 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Solution.
We are given the initial value 7.3 million and the continuous growth rate
k = 0.022. Therefore, P (t) = 7.3e0.022t . Next,we want to find the time when
P (t) = 10. That is , 7.3e0.022t = 10. Divide both sides by 7.3 to obtain
e0.022t 1.37. Solving this equation graphically to obtain t 14.3
Next, in order to convert from Q(t) = bekt to Q(t) = bat we let a = ek .
For example, to convert the formula Q(t) = 7e0.3t to the form Q(t) = bat we
let b = 7 and a = e0.3 1.35. Thus, Q(t) = 7(1.35)t .
Example 5.1.8
Find the annual percent rate and the continuous percent growth rate of
Q(t) = 200(0.886)t .
Solution.
The annual percent of decrease is r = a 1 = 0.886 1 = 0.114 = 11.4%.
To find the continuous percent growth rate we let ek = 0.886 and solve for k
graphically to obtain k 0.121 = 12.1%
Continuous Compound Interest:
Continuous compounding occurs when the rate of increase of a balance is
a fixed percent of the balance. That is, if B(t) denotes the balance in an
account after t years with compound interest rate k then
dB
= kB.
dt
Thus, the formula for the continuous compound interest is given by
B(t) = B0 ekt .
We call k the continuous growth rate. The annual effective interest
rate is given by ek 1.
Example 5.1.9
A certain investment grows from a balance of $2500 to $4132 in 12 years.
The investment account offers continuously compounded interest. What is
the annual effective interest rate ?

5.1. EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS

Solution.
Since B(t) = 2500ekt , we find 4132 = 2500e12k . Thus, ek =
the annual interest rate is
k

e 1=

4132
2500

4132
2500

253

121

so that

 121
1 4.28%

Newtons Law of Cooling

Imagine that you are really hungry and in one minute the pizza that you are
cooking in the oven will be finished and ready to eat. But it is going to be
very hot coming out of the oven. How long will it take for the pizza, which is
in an oven heated to 450 degrees Fahrenheit, to cool down to a temperature
comfortable enough to eat and enjoy without burning your mouth?
Have you ever wondered how forensic examiners can provide detectives with
a time of death (or at least an approximation of the time of death) based on
the temperature of the body when it was first discovered?
All of these situations have answers because of Newtons Law of Heating or
Cooling. The general idea is that over time an object will heat up or cool
down to the temperature of its surroundings. The cooling model is given by
dH
= k(H S), k < 0
dt
where S is the temperature of the surroundings. Letting W = H S, the
above equation becomes
dW
= kW
dt
whose solution is
W (t) = W (0)ekt
or
H(t) = S + (H(0) S)ekt .
Example 5.1.10
The temperature of a cup of coffee is initially 150 F. After two minutes its
temperature cools to 130 F. If the surrounding temperature of the room
remains constant at 70 F, how much longer must I wait until the coffee cools
to 110 F ?

254 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Solution.
We have
H = 70 + (150 70)ekt = 70 + 80ekt .
To find k we use the fact that H(2) = 130. In this case, 130 = 70 + 80e2k
or e2k = 43 . Solving this equation with a calculator, we find k 0.144. To
finish the problem we must solve for t in the equation
110 = 70 + 80e0.144t .
From this equation, we find e0.144t = 0.5 or t 4.81 minutes. Thus, I need
to wait an additional 2.81 minutes

5.1. EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS

255

Exercises
Exercise 5.1.1
Identify the initial value and the growth factor of the exponential function
f (t) = 0.75(0.2)t .

Exercise 5.1.2
Suppose you are offered a job at a starting salary of $40,000 per year. To
strengthen the offer, the company promises annual raises of 6% per year for
the first 10 years. Let P (t) be your salary after t years. Find a formula for
P (t) and then compute your projected salary after 4 years from now.

Exercise 5.1.3
The amount in milligrams of a drug in the body t hours after taking a pill is
given by A(t) = 25(0.85)t .
(a) What is the initial dose given?
(b) What percent of the drug leaves the body each hour?
(c) What is the amount of drug left after 10 hours?

Exercise 5.1.4
The future value B of an investment of P dollars over a period of t years
with a continuous compound interest r is given by the formula B = P ert . If
an investment of $10,000 is invested for 15 years at an annual interest rate of
10% compounded continuously, what is the future value of the investment?

Exercise 5.1.5
Find the annual effective rate if $1000 is deposited at 5% annual interest rate
compounded continuously.

Exercise 5.1.6
Which of the following is the graph of f (x) = 3x .

256 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Exercise 5.1.7
Which of the following is the graph of f (x) = 4x .

Exercise 5.1.8
Which of the following is the graph of f (x) = e|x| .

5.1. EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS

Exercise 5.1.9
Simplify: (ex + ex )2 (ex ex )2 .

Exercise 5.1.10
Using a calculator evaluate 21.4 to the nearest thousandth.

Exercise 5.1.11
Which of the following is the graph of f (x) = 2x 3.

257

258 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Exercise 5.1.12
What is the horizontal asymptote of f (x) = 2x 3?
Exercise 5.1.13
What is the horizontal asymptote of f (x) = ex3 ?
Exercise 5.1.14
Sketch the graph of the piecewise defined function
 x
e , x<0
f (x) =
ex , x 0.
Exercise 5.1.15
If 2x = 3 what does 4x equal to?

Exercise 5.1.16
Suppose that P dollars are deposited in a bank account paying annual interest

5.1. EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS

259

at a rate r and compounded n times per year. After a length of time t, in

years, the amount A(t) in the account is given by the formula
A(t) = P (1 +

r nt
) .
n

Suppose that n = 1, r = 10%, P = $10, 000 and t = 10 years. Find A(10).

Round the answer to the nearest penny.
Exercise 5.1.17
Simplify: (ex + 1)(ex 4).
Exercise 5.1.18
Suppose that at time t (in hours), the number N (t) of Ecoli bacteria in a
culture is given by the formula N (t) = 5000e0.1t . How many bacteria are in
the culture at time 5 hours? Approximate the answer to a whole integer.
Exercise 5.1.19
Sketch the graph of f (x) = ex + 2.
Exercise 5.1.20
Simplify: (ex + ex )(ex ex ).
Exercise 5.1.21
Which of the following is an exponential function?
(a) f (x) = e2x .
(b) f (x) = x .
(c) f (x) = x .
(d) f (x) = 71x .
Exercise 5.1.22
The population of bacteria in a culture is growing exponentially. At 12:00PM
there were 80 bacteria present and by 4:00 PM there were 500 bacteria. Find
an exponential function f (t) = kert that models this growth, and use it to
predict the size of the population at 8:00 PM.
Exercise 5.1.23
Using transformations, sketch the graph of f (x) = 2x+3 4.
Exercise 5.1.24
Find the horizontal asymptote of f (x) = 2 ex .

260 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Exercise 5.1.25
A father sets up a savings account for his daughter. He puts $1000 in an
account that is compounded quarterly at an annual interest rate of 8%. How
much money will be in the account at the end of 10 years? (Assume no other
deposits or withdrawals were made after the original one.)
Exercise 5.1.26
The population of a certain city has a continuous growth rate of 9% per year.
The population in 1978 was 24,000. Find the projected population of the city
for the year 1998.
Exercise 5.1.27
Sketch the graph of f (x) = 3x and g(x) = 3x+1 on the same window.
Exercise 5.1.28
You want to invest $8,000 for 6 years, and you have a choice between two
accounts. The first pays 7% per year, compounded monthly. The second pays
6.85% per year, compounded continuously. Which is the better investment?
Exercise 5.1.29
What is the vertical asymptote of the function f (x) =
Exercise 5.1.30
Find the oblique asymptote to the function f (x) =

1
?
21x 1

23e2x
.
ex 1

Hint: let u = ex .

5.2. LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

5.2

261

Logarithmic Functions

An equation of the form ax = b can be solved graphically. That is, using a

calculator we graph the horizontal line y = b and the exponential function
y = ax and then find the point of intersection.
In this section we discuss an algebraic way to solve equations of the form
ax = b where a and b are positive constants. For this, we introduce two
functions that are found in todays calculators, namely, the functions log x
and ln x.
If x > 0, the function f (x) = 10x is increasing and hence is one-to-one
function (Example 2.4.4). Its inverse function is denoted by f 1 (x) = log x.
We call log x the common logarithm of x. Thus,
y = f (x) = 10x if and only if x = f 1 (y) = log y.
In words, we define log y to be a number x that satisfies the equality 10x = y.
For example, log 100 = 2 since 102 = 100. Similarly, log 0.01 = 2 since
102 = 0.01.
Likewise, we have
y = ln x if and only if ey = x.
We call ln x the natural logarithm of x.
Example 5.2.1
(a) Rewrite log 30 = 1.477 using exponents instead of logarithms.
(b) Rewrite 100.8 = 6.3096 using logarithms instead of exponents.
Solution.
(a) log 30 = 1.477 is equivalent to 101.477 = 30.
(b) 100.8 = 6.3096 is equivalent to log 6.3096 = 0.8
Example 5.2.2
Without a calculator evaluate the following expressions:
(a) log 1 (b) log 100

(c) log ( 110 ) (d) 10log 100

Solution.
(a) log 1 = 0 since 100 = 1.

(e) 10log (0.01) .

262 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

(b) log 100 = log 1 = 0 by (a).
1
(c) log ( 110 ) = log 10 2 = 21 .
(d) 10log 100 = 102 = 100.
(e) 10log (0.01) = 102 = 0.01
Properties of Logarithms
(i) Since 10x = 10x we can write
log 10x = x.
(ii) Since log x = log x, we have
10log x = x.
(iii) log 1 = 0 since 100 = 1.
(iv) log 10 = 1 since 101 = 10.
(v) Suppose that m = log a and n = log b. Then a = 10m and b = 10n . Thus,
a b = 10m 10n = 10m+n . Rewriting this using logs instead of exponents, we
see that
log (a b) = m + n = log a + log b.
(vi) If, in (v), instead of multiplying we divide, that is
then using logs again we find
log

a
b

a
b

10m
10n

= 10mn

= log a log b.

(vii) It follows from (vi) that if a = b then log a log

b = log 1 = a0 that
a
is log a = log b. Conversely, if log a = log b then log b = 0 so that b = 1.
Hence, a = b.
(viii) Now, if n = log b then b = 10n . Taking both sides to the power k
we find bk = (10n )k = 10nk . Using logs instead of exponents we see that
log bk = nk = k log b that is
log bk = k log b.
Example 5.2.3
Solve the equation: 4(1.171)x = 7(1.088)x .

5.2. LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

263

Solution.


1.171 x
= 74 and then using properties
Rewriting the equation into the form 1.088
(vii) and (viii) to obtain


 
1.171
7
x log
= log
.
1.088
4
Thus,


log 47


x=
log 1.171
1.088
Example 5.2.4
Solve the equation log (2x + 1) + 3 = 0.
Solution.
Subtract 3 from both sides to obtain log (2x + 1) = 3. Switch to exponential
form to get 2x + 1 = 103 = 0.001. Subtract 1 and then divide by 2 to obtain
x = 0.4995
Remark 5.2.1
All of the above arguments are valid for the function ln x for which we
replace the number 10 by the number e = 2.718 . That is, ln (a b) =
ln a + ln b, ln ab = ln a ln b etc.
Keep in mind the following:
log (a + b) 6= log a + log b. For example, log 1 + 1 6= log 1 + log 1 = 0.
log (a b) 6= log a log b. For example, log (2 1) = log 1 = 0 whereas
log 2 log 1 = log 2 6= 0.
log (ab) 6= log a log b. For example, log 1 = log (2 21 ) = 0 whereas log 2
log 12 = (log 2)2 6= 0.


a
log ab 6= log
. For example, letting a = b = 2 we find that log ab = log 1 = 0
log b
a
whereas log
= 1.
log b


1
1
log a 6= log a . For example, log 11 = log 2 whereas log1 1 = log1 2 .
2

Logarithmic Functions and their Graphs

Since y = log x is the inverse function of the y = 10x , its graph is the reflection of the graph of y = 10x with respect to the line y = x as shown in

264 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Figure 5.2.1.

Figure 5.2.1

From the graph we observe the following properties:

(a) The range of log x consists of all real numbers.
(b) The graph never crosses the yaxis since a positive number raised to any
power is always positive.
(c) The graph crosses the xaxis at x = 1.
(d) As x gets closer and closer to 0 from the right the function log x decreases
without bound. That is, as x 0+ , x . We call the yaxis a vertical
asymptote.

Example 5.2.5
Sketch the graphs of the functions y = ln x and y = ex on the same axes.

Solution.
The functions y = ln x and y = ex are inverses of each like the functions
y = log x and y = 10x . So their graphs are reflections of one another across
the line y = x as shown in Figure 5.2.2.

5.2. LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

265

Figure 5.2.2

Doubling Time and Half-Life

In some exponential models one is interested in finding the time for an exponential growing quantity to double. We call this time the doubling time.
To find it, we start with the equation b at = 2b or at = 2. Solving for t we
ln 2
.
find t = ln
a
Example 5.2.6
Find the doubling time of a population growing according to P = P0 e0.2t .
Solution.
Setting the equation P0 e0.2t = 2P0 and dividing both sides by P0 to obtain e0.2t = 2. The logarithmic form of this equation is 0.2t = ln 2. Thus,
2
3.47
t = ln
0.2
On the other hand, if a quantity is decaying exponentially then the time
required for the initial quantity to reduce into half is called the half-life. To
find it, we start with the equation bat = 2b and we divide both sides by b to
obtain at = 0.5. Solving for t we find t = loglog(0.5)
.
a
Example 5.2.7
The half-life of Iodine-123 is about 13 hours. You begin with 50 grams of
this substance. What is a formula for the amount of Iodine-123 remaining
after t hours?

266 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Solution.
Since the problem involves exponential decay, if Q(t) is the quantity remaining after t hours then Q(t) = 50at with 0 < a < 1. But Q(13) = 25. That is,
1
50a13 = 25 or a13 = 0.5. Thus a = (0.5) 13 0.95 and Q(t) = 50(0.95)t
Change of base formula
Most calculators have the keys log x and ln x. What if one encounters a number of the form loga x where a 6= 10 or a 6= e. In this case, one uses the
change of base formula
ln x
loga x =
.
ln a
Example 5.2.8
Use a calculator to find the value of log2 5 to the nearest thousandth.
Solution.
Using a calculator we find log2 5 =

ln 5
ln 2

2.322

5.2. LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

267

Exercises
Exercise 5.2.1
Show that log 1b = log b.
Exercise 5.2.2
Write log x2 y 3 z 5 as the sum of logarithms.
Exercise 5.2.3
Write the logarithmic form of x = e.
Exercise 5.2.4
Write the exponential form of log x = 12 .
Exercise 5.2.5
Find the exact value of log3 9.
Exercise 5.2.6
Find the domain of the function f (x) = log5

x+1
.
x

Exercise 5.2.7
Find k such that the graph of logk x contains the point (2, 2).
Exercise 5.2.8
Sketch the graph of f (x) = ln (4 x).
Exercise 5.2.9
Sketch the graph of f (x) = 2 ln x.
Exercise 5.2.10
Sketch the graph of

f (x) =

ln x, 0 < x < 1
ln x,
x 1.

Exercise 5.2.11
Sketch the graph of f (x) = | log2 x|.
Exercise 5.2.12
Find the domain of the function f (x) = log2 (2 x x2 ).

268 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Exercise 5.2.13
Simplify: aloga2 b .
Exercise 5.2.14
Simplify: eln 23 ln 5 .
Exercise 5.2.15

Let ln 2 = a and ln 3 = b. Write ln 4 48 in terms of a and b.

Exercise 5.2.16
Write the following expression as a sum/difference of logarithms.

5x2 3 1 x
.
ln
4(x + 1)2
Exercise 5.2.17
Write the following expression as a single logarithm.




x
x+1
ln
+ ln
ln (x2 1).
x1
x
Exercise 5.2.18
Find the exact value of :5log5 6+log5 7 .
Exercise 5.2.19
Use the change of base formula and a calculator to evaluate log 1 15 to the
2
nearest thousandth.
Exercise 5.2.20

Simplify: loga (x + x2 1) + loga (x x2 1).

Exercise 5.2.21
Given: 2 ln y = 12 ln x + 13 ln (x2 + 1) + ln C. Express y in terms of x and C.
Exercise 5.2.22
A reservoir has become polluted due to an industrial waste spill. The pollution has caused a buildup of algae. The number of algae N (t) present per 1000
gallons of water t days after the spill is given by the formula: N (t) = 100e2.1t .
How long will it take before the algae count reaches 20, 000 per 1000 gallons?
Write answer to the nearest thousandth.

5.2. LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Exercise 5.2.23
Let f (x) = ln x. Express the difference quotient
rithm.

269

f (x+h)f (x)
h

as a single loga-

Exercise 5.2.24
Express the product (logx a)(loga b) as a single logarithm.
Exercise 5.2.25
After t years the value of a car that originally cost $14,000 is given by:
V (t) = 14, 000( 43 )t . Find the value of the car two years after it was purchased.
Write your answer to the nearest thousandth.
Exercise 5.2.26
On the day a child is born, a deposit of $50,000 is made in a trust fund that
pays 8.75% interest compounded continuously. Determine the balance in the
account after 35 years. Write your answer to the nearest hundredth. Recall
that A(t) = P ert .
Exercise 5.2.27
Find a constant k such that log2 x = k log8 x.
Exercise 5.2.28
Solve for x : log (log5 (log2 x)) = 0.
Exercise 5.2.29
Write as a single logarithm: 2 loga x 3 loga y + loga (x + y).
Exercise 5.2.30
Solve for x: log2 x = log2 3.
Exercise 5.2.31
Find x such that 2 5x = 4.
Exercise 5.2.32
Find x such that 5 log2 x = 20.

270 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

5.3

Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations

Equations that involve exponential functions are referred to as exponential

equations. Equations involving logarithmic functions are called logarithmic equations. The purpose of this section is to study ways for solving
these equations.
Solving Exponential Equations
In order to solve an exponential equation, we use algebra to reduce the equation into the form ax = b where a and b > 0 are constants and x is the
unknown variable. Taking the common logarithm of both sides and using
log b
.
the property log (ax ) = x log a we find x = log
a
Example 5.3.1
Solve the equation: 4(1.171)x = 7(1.088)x .
Solution.


1.171 x
Rewriting the equation into the form 1.088
= 74 and then using properties
(vii) and (viii) to obtain


7
1.171
= log .
x log
1.088
4
Thus,
x=

log 74


log 1.171
1.088

Example 5.3.2
Solve the equation 200(0.886)x = 25 algebraically.
Solution.
Dividing both sides by 200 to obtain (0.886)x = 0.125. Take the log of both
log (0.125)
sides to obtain x log (0.886) = log 0.125. Thus, x = log
17.18
(0.886)
Example 5.3.3
Solve the equation 50, 000(1.035)x = 250, 000(1.016)x .

5.3. SOLVING EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC EQUATIONS 271

Solution.
Divide both sides by 50, 000(1.016)x to obtain

x
1.035
= 5.
1.016
Take log of both sides to obtain


1.035
= log 5.
x log
1.016
Divide both sides by the coefficient of x to obtain
x=

log 5

86.9
log 1.035
1.016

Solving Logarithmic Equations

We next describe a method for solving logarithmic equations. The method
consists of rewriting the equation into the form log x = a or ln x = a and
then find the exponential form to obtain x = 10a or x = ea . Also, you must
check these values in the original equation for extraneous solutions.
Example 5.3.4
Solve the equation: log (x 2) log (x + 2) = log (x 1).
Solution.
Using the property of the logarithm
of a quotient we can rewrite the given


=
log
(x 1). Thus, x2
= x 1. Cross
equation into the form log x2
x+2
x+2
multiply and then foil to obtain (x + 2)(x 1) = x 2 or x2 = 0. Solving
we find x = 0. However, this is not a solution because it yields logarithms of
negative numbers when plugged into the original equation
Example 5.3.5
Solve the equation: ln (x 2) + ln (2x 3) = 2 ln x.
Solution.
Using the property ln (ab) = ln a + ln b we can rewrite the given equation
into the form ln (x 2)(2x 3) = ln x2 . Thus,(x 2)(2x 3) = x2 or
x2 7x + 6 = 0. Factoring to obtain (x 1)(x 6) = 0. Solving we find x = 1
or x = 6. The value x = 1 must be discarded since it yields a logarithm of a
negative number

272 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Example 5.3.6
Solve the equation log (2x + 1) + 3 = 0.
Solution.
Subtract 3 from both sides to obtain log (2x + 1) = 3. Switch to exponential form to get 2x + 1 = 103 = 0.001. Subtract 1 and then divide by 2 to
obtain x = 0.4995
Can all exponential equations be solved using logarithms?
The answer is no. For example, the only way to solve the equation x + 2 = 2x
is by graphical methods which give the solutions x 1.69 and x = 2.
Example 5.3.7
Solve the equation 2(1.02)t = 4 + 0.5t.
Solution.
Using a calculator, we graph the functions y = 2(1.02)t and y = 4 + 0.5t as
shown in Figure 5.3.1.

Figure 5.3.1
Using the key INTERSECTION one finds t 199.381

5.3. SOLVING EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC EQUATIONS 273

Exercises
Exercise 5.3.1
) = 4.
Solve: ln ( x1
2x
Exercise 5.3.2
Solve: 2e2x ex 2 = 0.
Exercise 5.3.3
Solve: ln (x2 + 2x) = 0.
Exercise 5.3.4
Solve: log4 (x + 5) + log4 (x 5) = 2.
Exercise 5.3.5
Solve: log3 (3x 5) log3 (3x + 1) = 4.
Exercise 5.3.6
(x+1)
= 2.
Solve: loglog
x
Exercise 5.3.7
Solve: xa3 loga x = 16.
Exercise 5.3.8
x
x
Solve: e +e
= 1.
2
Exercise 5.3.9
x
x
Solve: eex +e
= 1.
ex
Exercise 5.3.10
Solve: ln (x 2) + ln (2x 3) = 2 ln x.
Exercise 5.3.11
The demand equation for a certain product is given by
p = 500 0.5e0.004x .
Find the demands x for the price p = $350. Round answer to a whole integer.
Exercise 5.3.12
Solve: ex1 = ex .

274 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Exercise 5.3.13
Solve: log (x 2) log (x + 2) = log (x 1).
Exercise 5.3.14
Solve: 4x 2x 12 = 0.
Exercise 5.3.15
Solve: 5x2 = 3x+2 .
Exercise 5.3.16
Solve: 5e2x+4 = 8. Round to the nearest thousandth.
Exercise 5.3.17
Solve: ln 10 ln (7 x) = ln x.
Exercise 5.3.18

1 x2
.
Solve: 82x3 = 16
Exercise 5.3.19
Solve: log2 (x + 1) + log2 x = 1.
Exercise 5.3.20
Solve: 3x = 4x+1 .
Exercise 5.3.21
Solve: log4 (3x 2) log4 (4x + 1) = 2.
Exercise 5.3.22
Solve: e4x + 7e2x 18 = 0.
Exercise 5.3.23
Solve: log3 (x2 6x) = 3.
Exercise 5.3.24
Solve: 4e3x 8e7x = 0.
Exercise 5.3.25
Solve: log3 2 log2 (4x 3) = log3 (2x + 1).
Exercise 5.3.26
Solve: 32x11 = 74x5 .

5.3. SOLVING EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC EQUATIONS 275

Exercise 5.3.27
Solve: log2 (2x + 1) log2 (x + 4).
Exercise 5.3.28
If you deposit $1000 in an account paying 6% interest compounded continuously, how long will it take for you to have $1500 in your account?
Exercise 5.3.29
Solve: (ln x)2 = ln (x2 ).
Exercise 5.3.30
During its exponential growth phase, a certain bacterium can grow from
5,000 cells to 12,000 cells in 10 hours. At this rate how long will it take to
grow to 50,000 cells?

276 CHAPTER 5. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

Answer Key

Section 1.1
1.1.1 A = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29}.
1.1.2 A = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11}.
1.1.3 A = {x P : 1 x 12}.
1.1.4 A = {4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12}.
1.1.5 A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}.
1.1.6 A = {x N : x < 10}.
1.1.7 A = B = {1, 2, 3, 4}.
1.1.8 A = {4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}.
1.1.9 A = .
1.1.10 A = {x W : x is even}.
1.1.11 x =

91
.
4950

1.1.12 x = 71 .

277

278

ANSWER KEY

1.1.13 x =

1373
.
333

1.1.14 x =

7111
.
2475

1.1.15 x =

77
.
36

1.1.16 B A and C A.
1.1.17 N W Z Q R.
1.1.18 (a) B is not a subset of A since j B but j 6 A. (b) C A. (c)
C C.
1.1.19 {{a}, {b}, {c}, {a, b}, {a, c}, {b, c}, A}.

1.1.20
(a) 55 sandwiches with tomatoes or onions.
(b) There are 40 sandwiches with onions.
(c) There are 10 sandwiches with onions but not tomatoes.
1.21 (a) Students speaking English and Spanish, but not French, are in
the brown region; there are 20 of these.
(b) Students speaking none of the three languages are outside the three circles; there are 5 of these.
(c) Students speaking French, but neither English nor Spanish, are in the
blue region; there are 11 of these.
(d) Students speaking English, but not Spanish, are in the yellow and gray
regions; there are 25 + 17 = 42 of these. (e) Students speaking only one of

279
the three languages are in the yellow, green, and blue regions; there are 25
+ 10 + 11 = 46 of these.
(f) Students speaking two of the three languages are in the pink, gray, and
brown regions; there are 9 + 17 + 20 = 46 of these.

1.1.22 The answer is A B = {x R : 1 x 0}.

1.1.23 First, writing the tabular form of each set, we find A = {4, 6, 8, 9, 10}
and B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}. Thus, A B = {4, 6, 8} and B = {1, 2, 3, 5, 7}.
1.1.24 Note that A = so that A B = B and A B = .
1.1.25 We have A B = {2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10} and A B = {4, 6, 8}.
1.1.26 (a) AB = {a, b, c, d, f, g} (b) AB = {b, c} (c) AB = {d, f, g} (d)
B A = {a}.
1.1.27 .
1.1.28 A B C = {1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 9} {1, 3, 4} = {2, 8, 9}.
1.1.29 A (B C) = {1, 3, 8, 9} {2, 8} = {1, 2, 3, 8, 9}.
1.1.30 R Q = I.

280

ANSWER KEY

Section 1.2
1.2.1 (a) 3 =
1.2.2 3 =
1.2.3 (a)

3
5

3
1

3
1

(b)

3
1

63
105

9
2

(c) 28
(d) 41 .
5

= 31 = 3
.
1
(b)

18
24

45
.
60

1.2.4 (a) Already in simpest form (b) 35 (c)

1.2.5

2
5

2
5

6= 3 6= 74 .

1.2.6 (a) x = 140 (b) x = 56 .

1.2.7

247
77

==

1913
.
711

1.2.8 (a) b = c (b) a = b.

1.2.9 (a) 1 (b)
1.2.10 (a)

625
642

73
.
100

(b) 107
.
250

1.2.11 (a) 27 (b) 1 (c) 32 .

1.2.12 (a) 4 (b) 1 (c) 32 .
1.2.13 (a) Associativity (b) Distributivity.
1.2.14 (a)

4
3

1.2.15 (a)

9
4

(b) 75 (c)

80
.
81

(b) Does not exist (c) 23 (d) 94 .

1.2.16 45 .
1.2.17 76 .
9
1.2.18 (a) 16
(b)

9
16

(c)

3 9
4

(d) 54 .

281
1.2.19 73 .
1.2.20 14
.
15
1.2.21

21
.
40

1.2.22 44,100.
1.2.23 35,280.
.
1.2.24 125
588
1.2.25 17
.
24
13
1.2.26 90
.

1.2.27

16
.
45

1.2.28 37 .
1.2.29 43 .
1.2.30

10
.
33

8
(d) 1 16
.
1.2.31 (a) 2 (b) 115 59 (c) 49 21
39

1.2.32 3 25 > 1.7 >

3
8

> 23 .

1.2.33 9.3 < 8 43 < 0.7 < 4.

282

ANSWER KEY

Section 1.3
1.3.1 a3 + 3a2 b + 3ab2 + b3 .
1.3.2 ba3 3a2 b + 3ab2 b3 .
1.3.3 4x2 + 20x + 25.
1.3.4 16 24x + 9x2 .
1.3.5 5 + 8x 3x2 .
1.3.6 4x4 4x3 + 4x2 15x.
2

1.3.7 (a) (x + 3) (b) x

2

2x + 29 2 .
1.3.8

5 2
2

(c)

3x +

1
3

2

1.3.9 (a) x2 + x 6 (b) x2 + 12x + 35 (c) x2 12x + 32.

1.3.10 6x2 y 2 (3x2 y 3 xy 2 + 4).
1.3.11 (2x + 3y)(2x + 3y + 5).
1.3.12 2(x 1)(3 2x)2 (8x2 20x + 13).
1.3.13 (x 1)(x 2)(4x 9).
1.3.14 21(x + 5)(x + 1).
1.3.15 (x + 2)2 (x2 4x + 13).

1.3.16 ( 2xy 5z)( 2xy + 5z).

1.3.17 6(x
1.3.18 (x

2y)(x + 2y)(x2 + 2y 2 ).

3) (x + 3)2 (x2 + 3)2 .

283

1.3.19 (xn 6)2 .

1.3.20 (3x + 7y)2 .

1.3.21 ( x y)2 .
1.3.22 (x + 4)(x 3).
1.3.23 (x 3)(x + 2).
1.3.24 (x 3)(x 5).
1.3.25 3xy(4y 3)(2x + 5).
1.3.26 (3x + z)(y + 2).

1.3.27 (7x 2)( 5x 2 2)( 5x + 2 2).

1.3.28 (6x 7)(7x2 + 3).
1.3.29 (7a 2)(8b 7).
1.3.30 (4y 7)(7x + z).
1.3.31 3x(5x 1)(x2 + 2).
1.3.32 (x + 3y)(5x 2z).
1.3.33 (x

5)(x + 5)(3x3 + 2).

1.3.34 (a b)3 .

284

ANSWER KEY

Section 1.4
1.4.1 4.
1.4.2 29 .
1.4.3 75.
1.4.4 12 .
1.4.5 3.
1.4.6 x = 4 or x = 3.
1.4.7 x = 3.
1.4.8 x =

5 13
.
6

1.4.9 No real solutions.

1.4.10 x = 2 or x = 3.
1.4.11 x = 5 or x = 3.
1.4.12 x = 1 or x = 3.
1.4.13 x = 3
1.4.14 x =

14 or x = 3 + 14.

3 5
.
2

1.4.15 x = 4 or x = 1.
1.4.16 x =

2
2

= .

1.4.17 No real roots.

1.4.18 23.

285
1.4.19 x = 5.
1.4.20 x = 4.
1.4.21 x = 2.
2
1.4.22 x = 2 or x = 19
.

1.4.23 x = 1 or x = 13 .
1.4.24 No real solutions.
1.4.25 x = 4.
1.4.26 No real solutions.
1.4.27 x = 3 or x = 7.
1.4.28 x = 17 or x = 9.
1.4.29 x = 6 or x = 11.
1.4.30 x = 2 or x = 8.
1.4.31 No real solutions.
1.4.32 x = 0 or x = 2.
1.4.33 x = 34 .
1.4.34 x = 52 .

286

ANSWER KEY

Section 1.5


1.5.1 , 45 .

1.5.2 , 51
.
5
1.5.3

1
4

, .


1.5.4 , 53 .
1.5.5 (, 4] .
1.5.6 [5, ).
1.5.7 (1, 1).
1.5.8 [675.43, 2500.86].
1.5.9 At least 74.
1.5.10 [72.14, 93.14].
1.5.11 (, 2) (3, ).
1.5.12 [0, 1] [2, ).
1.5.13 (, 4) (3, ).
1.5.14 [2, 6].
1.5.15 (3, 1) (1, 2).
1.5.16 (, 2) [1, ).


1.5.17 (1, 2) 34 , 13 .
1.5.18 (, 0) (0, ).

287
1.5.19 (, 1) (1, ).
1.5.20 (, 7) (1, ).
1.5.21 [3, 7].
1.5.22 No solutions.
1.5.23 (, ).
1.5.24 (3, 3).
1.5.25 (, 2] (0, 4].
1.5.26 (, 5) (2, 2).
1.5.27 (, 1) (1, 2].
1.5.28 [3, 0) [2, ).
1.5.29 x = 3.


1.5.30 2, 27 .

288

ANSWER KEY

Section 1.6
1.6.1 The system is inconsistent.
1.6.2 x = 1 and y = 2. The system is consistent and independent.
1.6.3 Parametric equations: x = 4 + 2t, y = t. The system is consistent
and dependent.
1.6.4 The system is consistent and dependent. The parametric equations
are given by x = 5 + 2t and y = t.
1.6.5 x = 4 and y = 5. The system is consistent and independent.
1.6.6 The system is inconsistent.
1.6.7 The system is consistent and dependent. The parametric equations
are x = 5 + 35 t and y = t.
1.6.8 x = 32 and y =
dent.

5
.
3

Hence, the system is consistent and indepen-

1.6.9 x = 0 and y = 2. The system is consistent and independent.

1.6.10 27 ounces of solution with 25% alcohol and 9 ounces of solution with
45% alcohol.
1.6.11 33,900 in bonds with yield 4% and 4,100 in bonds with yield 6%.
1.6.12 The system is inconsistent.
1.6.13 x1 = 2, x2 = 1, x3 = 1.
1.6.14 x1 = 32 , x2 = 1, x3 = 52 .
1.6.15 x1 = 19 , x2 =

10
, x3
9

= 73 .

1.6.16 x1 = 3, x2 = 1, x3 = 2.

289

1.6.17 x1 = 2, x2 = 1, x3 = 1.
1.6.18 x1 = 12 , x2 = 3, x3 = 4.
1.6.19 x = 6, y = 12.
1.6.20 x = 10, y = 2.
1.6.21 x = 12 , y = 27 .
1.6.22 32 dimes and 25 quarters.
1.6.23 (a) consistent (b) independent (c) one solution.
1.6.24 (a) inconsistent (b) neither (c) no solutions.
1.6.25 (a) consistent (b) dependent (c) infinite number of solutions.
1.6.26 System is inconsistent.
1.6.27 x1 = 16s, x2 = 6s, x3 = s.
1.6.28 x1 = 75 and x2 = 15 .
1.6.29 8 ounces of 50% and 4 ounces of 80%.
1.6.30 x1 = 6 and x2 = 4.

290

ANSWER KEY

Section 1.7
1.7.1

1.7.2

1.7.3 (a) 7 5 (b) 89 (c) 38 12 6 (d) x 10 since x < 0.

1.7.4 (a) (3, 2) (b) (6, 4) (c) (0.875, 3.91).


1.7.5 (a) (6, 0) and 0, 12
(b) (4, 0), (0, 4) and (0, 4) (c) (4, 0), (4, 0), (0, 4)
5
and (0, 4) (d) (8, 0), (8, 0), (0, 2) and (0, 2).
1.7.6 x = 12 or x = 4.

291
1.7.7

1.7.8

1.7.9

1.7.10 The center is (0, 0) and the radius is = 6.

1.7.11 The center is (2, 5) and the radius is r = 5.
1.7.12 The center is (8, 0) and the radius is r = 21 .
1.7.13(x 4)2 + (y 1)2 = 4.
1.7.14 x2 + y 2 = 25.
1.7.15 (x 1)2 + (y 3)2 = 25.

292

ANSWER KEY

1.7.16 The center of the circle is (3, 0) and the radius is 2.

1.7.17 The center of the circle is ( 21 , 0) and the radius is 4.
1.7.18 The center is (1/2, 3/2) and the radius is 5/2.
1.7.19 x = 7 and y = 6.
1.7.20 (x + 1)2 + (y 7)2 = 25.
1.7.21 The center of the circle is (3, 2) and the radius is 1.
1.7.22 (x 7)2 + (y 11)2 = 121.
1.7.23 (x 3)2 + (y 4)2 = 25.
1.7.24 (x + 3)2 + (y 3)2 = 9.
1.7.25

293

1.7.26 (1, 1) and (2, 2).

1.7.27 x = 3 and y = 5.
1.7.28 (2

6, 0), (2 + 6, 0), (0, 3 10), (0, 3 + 10).

1.7.29 x = 1 and y = 2.
1.7.30 The center of the circle is (2, 5) and the radius is 3.

294

ANSWER KEY

Section 1.8
1.8.1 (a) 2 + 3i (b) 4 11i (c) 10i.
1.8.2 (a) 5 + 12i (b) 4 3i (c) 5 i.
1.8.3 (a) 2 + 11i (b) 7 + 4i (c) 16 + 16i.
1.8.4 (a) 23 + 2i (b) 22 14i (c) 74.
1.8.5 (a) 117 i (b) 243 + 51i.
1.8.6 (a)

1
2

8
21 i (b) 65

1
1.8.7 (a) 61
+

11
i
61

1
i
65

(c)

7
58

3
i.
58

(b) 1 6i (c) 24 70i.

1.8.8 (a) 29 17i (b) 2 2i (c) 16 (d) 150i.

1.8.9 (a) 1 (b) i (c) i (d) 1 (e) i.
1.8.10 (a) 2 (b) 33.
1.8.11 (a) 97 (b) 9 + 40i.
1.8.12 (a) 13 (b)
1.8.13 |a + bi| =

85 (c) 3.

a2 + b 2 =

p
a2 + (b)2 = |a bi|.

1.8.14 z z = (a + bi) (a bi) = a + bi a + bi = 2bi and z + z =

(a + bi) + (a bi) = a + bi + a bi = 2a.
1.8.15 (a) z1 + z2 = a1 + b1 i + a2 + b2 i = (a1 + a2 ) + (b1 + b2 )i = (a1 +
a2 ) (b1 + b2 )i = (a1 b1 i) + (a2 b2 i) = z1 + z2 .
(b) z1 z2 = (a1 + b1 i)(a2 + b2 i) = (a1 a2 b1 b2 ) + (a1 b2 + b1 a2 )i = (a1 a2
b1 b2 ) (a1 b2 + b1 a2 )i = (a1 b1 i)(a2 b2 i) = z1 z2 .

1.8.16We have x2 2x + 4 = (1 + i 3)2 2(1 + i 3) + 4 = 1 + 2i 3 3

2 2i 3 + 4 = 0.

295

1.8.17 (a) 7 + 3i (b) 1 + 7i (c) 2 + 26i (d) i.

1.8.18 (a) 75 +

11
i
5

(b)

3
4

74 i.

1.8.19 8 3 + i 3.
1.8.20 (a) 5 (b)

89.

1.8.21 z z = (a + bi)(a bi) = a2 + b2 which is a real number.

1.8.22 (a) If z = z then a + bi = a bi. Thus, b = b or 2b = 0. Hence,
b = 0 and z = a is a real number (b) If z is a real number then it has no
imaginary part and in this case z = z.

296

ANSWER KEY

Section 2.1
2.1.1 (a) f (4) = 47 (b) f (1/3) = 23 (c) f (a) = 3a2 1 (d) f (x + h) =
3x2 + 6xh + 3h2 1 (e) f (x + h) f (x) = 6xh + 3h2 .
2.1.2 (a) f (4) = 1 (b) f (2) = 1 (c) f (x) = 1 (d) f (x) = 1.
2.1.3 (a) The given equation defines a function (b) The given equation does
not define a function (c) The given equation does not define a function (d)The
given equation does not define
2.1.4 (a) y is a function of x (b) y is not a function of x (c) y is a function of x.
2.1.5 (a) (, ), (, )(b) [0, ), [2, ) (c) (, 2)(2, ), (, 0)
(0, ) (d) [2, 2], [0, 2] (e) (4, ), (0, ).
2.1.6 Only (a).
2.1.7 (a) C(x) = 22.80x+400, 000 (b) R(x) = 37x (c) P (x) = R(x)C(x) =
14.2x 400, 000.
2.1.8 (a) V (x) = x(30 2x)2 (b) 0 x 15.
2.1.9 c = 3 or c = 2.
2.1.10 1 is not in the range of f.
2.1.11 0 is not in the range of f.
2.1.12 w = f (c).
2.1.13 (I),(III),(IV),(V),(VII),(VIII).
2.1.14 A is the independent variable and n is the dependent variable.

297

2.1.15 (a) f (0) = 40 (b) f (2) = 0.

2.1.16 (a) w (b) (4, 10) (c) (6, 1).
2.1.17 The variable v goes on the horizontal axis while the variable p goes
on the vertical axis.
2.1.18 (a) The graph will cross the yaxis at most once (b) Yes. For example, a periodic function such as the sine function.
2.1.19 (a) 100.3 million people owned a cell phone in 2000 (b) 20 million
people owned a cell phone a years after 1990 (c) b million people owned a
cell phone in 2010 (d) n million people owned a cell phone t years after 1990.
2.1.20 (a) 1999 (b) 1994 (c) 1995-2001.
2.1.21 (a) (II) (b) (I) (c) (V) (d) (IV) (e) (I).
2.1.22 (a) We have
L
C

0
2

1 2
2.5 3

3 4
3.5 4

5
4.5

298

ANSWER KEY

(b) C(L) = 2 + 0.5L.

2.1.23 (a) D is a function of w (b) D is not a function of x.
2.1.24 (, 1) (1, ).
1
2.1.25 (x+h1)(x+h)
.

2.1.26 Not a function.

2.1.27 For x = 1 we have y = 2 and y = 4. Hence, y is not a function of x.
2.1.28 y does not define a function of x.
2.1.29 [2, 3] = {x R : 2 x 3}.
2.1.30 2 x

19
.
5

299

Section 2.2
2.2.1
(f + g)(x) = x2 x 12, D = (, )
(f g)(x) = x2 3x 18, D = (, )
(f g)(x) = x3 + x2 21x 45, D = (, )
 
f
x2 2x 15
(x) =
= x 5, D = (, 3) (3, )
g
x+3
2.2.2
(f + g)(x) = x3 2x2 + 8x, D = (, )
(f g)(x) = x3 2x2 + 6x, D = (, )
(f g)(x) = x4 2x3 + 7x2 , D = (, )
 
x3 2x2 + 7x
f
= x2 2x + 7, D = (, 0) (0, )
(x) =
g
x
2.2.3
(f + g)(x) = 4x2 + 7x 12, D = (, )
(f g)(x) = x 2, D = (, )
(f g)(x) = 4x4 + 14x3 12x2 41x + 35, D = (, )
 
f
2x + 7
2x2 + 5x 7
=
, D = (, 5/2) (5/2, 1) (1, )
(x) = 2
g
2x + 3x 5
2x + 5
2.2.4
(f + g)(x) =

4 x2 + 2 + x, D = [2, 2]

4 x2 2 x, D = [2, 2]

(f g)(x) = x 4 x2 + 2 4 x2 , D = [2, 2]

 
f
4 x2
(x) =
, D = (2, 2]
g
2+x

(f g)(x) =

300

ANSWER KEY

384
(c) 30 (d) 125
(e) 14 .
2.2.5 (a) 18 (b) 20
9

2.2.6 3.
2.2.7 8x + 4h + 3.
2.2.8

1
.
x+h+1+ x+1

3
.
2.2.9 (x+h+1)(x+1)

2.2.10

1
.
(x+h+1)(x+1)

2.2.11 (f g)(x) = 6x 16 and (g f )(x) = 6x + 3.

2.2.12 (f g)(x) = 125x3 10x and (g f )(x) = 5x3 10x.
2.2.13 (f g)(x) =

2
3x4

2.2.14 (f g)(x) =

1
x1

2.2.15 (f g)(x) =

3|x|
|5x+2|

and (g f )(x) =

5x+1
.
x+1

and (g f )(x) =

1x2
.
|x|

and (g f )(x) = 32 |5 x|.

2.2.16 (a) 51 (b) 3848

(c) 6 +
625

3 (d) 48c2 72c 23.

2.2.17 We assume that h(x) = f (g(x)). One correct answer is f (x) = x23 and
1
g(x) = x2 +3x+1. Another correct answer is f (x) = 2x and g(x) = (x2 +3x+1)
3.
2.2.18 We assume that h(x) = f (g(x)). One correct answer is f (x) = x3
and g(x) = 2x + 1.
2.2.19 We assume that h(x) = f (g(x)). One correct answer is f (x) = x42
and g(x) = 5x2 +2. Another correct answer is f (x) = x4 and g(x) = (5x2 +2)2 .

2.2.20 We assume that h(x) = f (g(x)). One correctanswer is f (x) = 3 x

and g(x) = x2 1. Another correct answer is f (x) = 3 x 1 and g(x) = x2 .
2.2.21 The function is decreasing in (4, 2) (2, 4) and increasing in

301
(2, 2).
2.2.22 The function is decreasing in (, 3) (0, 2) and increasing in
(3, 0) (2, ).
2.2.23 The function is decreasing in (4, 0) (2, ) and increasing in (1, 2).
The function is constant in (5, 4) (0, 1).
2.2.24 The function is decreasing in (, a) and increasing in (b, ). The
function is constant in (a, b).
2.2.25
function formula
domain

f +g
x
+
1
+
x

1
[1, )

f g
px + 1 x 1 [1, )
f g
(x +
q1)(x 1) [1, )
f
x+1
(1, )
g
x1
2.2.26 We have
x
f (x)
g(x)
(f + g)(x)
(f g)(x)
(f g)(x)
( fg )(x)

2
5
7
2
12
35
57

1
2
0
2
2
0
undefined

0
1
1
2
0
1
1

1
2
2
4
0
4
1

2
5
9
14
4
45

3
10
28
38
18
280

5
9

5
14

2.2.27
x
f (x)
g(x)
(f + g)(x)
(f g)(x)
(f g)(x)
( fg )(x)

2
6
2
4
8
12
3

1
3
1
2
4
3
3

0
2
0
2
2
0
undefined

1
3
1
4
2
3
3

2
6
2
8
4
12
3

302

2.2.28

ANSWER KEY

2
.
(5xh)(5x)

2.2.29 (a) 6x2 15 (b) One answer is f (x) =

x and g(x) = 2x + 1.

2.2.30 The function is increasing in (2, ), decreasing is (6, 2) and

constant in (, 6).

303

Section 2.3
2.3.1 even.
2.3.2 neither.
2.3.3 odd.
2.3.4 odd.
2.3.5 We have g(x) = 12 [f (x) + f (x)] = 12 [f (x) + f (x)] = g(x) so
that g(x) is even. Likewise, h(x) = 21 [f (x) f (x)] = 12 [f (x) f (x)] =
h(x) so that h(x) is odd.
2.3.6 This follows from f (x) = g(x) + h(x) where g(x) and h(x) are defined in the previous problem.
2.3.7 (a) even (b) odd (c) neither.
2.3.8

2.3.9 y = f [ 13 (x 5)].

304

ANSWER KEY

2.3.10 y = 2|x + 2| 4.
2.3.11 Shift the graph of y = f (x) 3 units to the right and then flip the
resulting graph about the yaxis.
2.3.12

2.3.13 (a) y =

x 2 + 7 (b) y =

2.3.14 g(x) = 2(x + 3)2 + 4.

x 2 + 7 (c) Yes.

305
2.3.15

2.3.16
(a) To obtain the graph of y = |x + 3|, we translate the graph of y = |x| to
the left by 3 units.
(b) To obtain the graph of y = |x|, we flip the graph of y = |x| about the
xaxis.
(c) To obtain the graph of y = x + 5, we flip the graph of y = x + 5 about
the yaxis.
(e) To obtain the graph of y = 3x + 5 we expand the graph of y = x + 5
vertically by a factor of 3.
(f) To obtain the graph of y = 4x3 6 we translate the graph of y = 4x3

306

ANSWER KEY

downward by 6 units.
1
we shift the graph of y = x1 to the left by
(g) To obtain the graph of y = x+5
5 units.
(h) To obtain the graph of y = 4x2 we compress the graph of y = x2 horizontally by a factor of 21 .
(i) To obtain the graph of y = 4x2 we expand the graph of y = x2 vertically
by a factor of 4.
(j) To obtain the graph of y = (x + 8)3 we translate of y = x3 to the left by
8 units.
(k) To obtain the graph of y = |6x| we compress horizontally the graph of
y = |x| by a factor of 16 .
(l) To obtain the graph of y = x2 we flip the graph of y = x2 about the
xaxis.
2.3.17 (a) y = 5f (x 7) + 1 (b) y = 5f (x 7) + 1 (c) y = [5f (x 7)
1] (d) y = 5[f (x 7) + 1] (e) y = 5f (x + 7) + 1.
2.3.18

307
2.3.19

2.3.20

2.3.21 (a) - (A); (b) - (D); (c) - (B); (d) - (C).

2.3.22 (a) - (B); (b) - (A).

308

ANSWER KEY

2.3.23

2.3.24 One way is to start by shifting the graph of f (x) = x, 1 unit

to the left, followed by a vertical stretch by a factor of 3 and ending with a
vertical shift, 7 units down.
p
2.3.25 Note that f (x)
=
(x 2) + 7. One way is to start by shifting

the graph of f (x) = x, 2 units to the right; followed by a reflection about

the yaxis and ending by a vertical shift of 7 units upward.
p
2.3.26 Note first that f (x)= 3 (x 2) 7. One way is to start by
shifting the graph of f (x) = x, 2 units to the right; followed by a reflection
about the yaxis; followed by a vertical stretch by a factor of 3; and ending
by a vertical shift of 7 units downward. We obtain the following graph.

309

2.3.27 One way to graph f (x) is to start by shifting the graph of f (x) = |x|
to the right by 3 units followed by a reflection about the xaxis and ending
with a vertical shift of 2 units downward. We obtain the following graph.

2.3.28 Graph is symmetric about xaxis, yaxis, and the origin.

2.3.29 (a) y = |x 2| + 3 (b) y = |x + 2| + 4 (c) y = |x + 1| 2.

310
2.3.30

ANSWER KEY

311

Section 2.4
2.4.1 Let x1 = 0 and x2 = 1. Then f (x1 ) = f (x2 ) = 0. Thus, f is not
one-to-one.
2.4.2 Suppose f (x1 ) = f (x2 ). Then x31 + 1 = x32 + 1. Subtracting 1 from
both sides and then taking the cube root of both sides, we find x1 = x2 .
Hence, f is one-to-one.
2.4.3 Suppose that f (g(x1 )) = f (g(x2 )). Since f is one-to-one, we have
g(x1 ) = g(x2 ). Likewise, since g is one-to-one, we have x1 = x2 . Hence, f g
is one-to-one.
2.4.4 Note that h(x) = f (g(x)) where g(x) = 3x 1 and f (x) = x3 + 1.
Since both f and g are one-to-one, h is also one-to-one.
2.4.5 f is not one-to-one.
2.4.6 None.
2.4.7 (i) Not a function (ii) A function that is not one-to-one (iii) A function
that is not one-to-one (iv) Not a function (v) Not a function (vi) A function
that is one-to-one.
2.4.8 No. The inputs 2 and 3 share the same output 4.
2.4.9 Suppose f (x1 ) = f (x2 ) where x1 , x2 0. Then x21 = x22 . Taking the
square root of both sides and using the fact that both x1 and x2 are nonnegative, we obtain x1 = x2 . Hence, f is one-to-one.
2.4.10 Only (b) and (c) are one-to-one.
q
.
2.4.11 f 1 (x) = 3 x5
2

2.4.12 f 1 (x) = 15 ( 3 x + 1).

2.4.13 f 1 (x) =

5x+4
.
3x1

312

2.4.14 f 1 (x) =

ANSWER KEY

2x+5 2
3

2.4.15 Dom(g 1 ) = Range(g) = [0, ) and Range(g 1 ) = Dom(g) = [3, ).

2.4.16 Yes.
2.4.17 No.
2.4.18 (a) Dom(f ) = (, 1) (1, ) and Range(f ) = (, 0) (0, ) (b)
f 1 (x) = x1 +1 (c) Dom(f 1 ) = Range(f ) = (, 0)(0, ) and Range(f 1 ) =
Dom(f ) = (, 1) (1, ).

3
5, ) and Range(f ) = [0, ) (b) f 1 (x) =
2.4.19
(a)
Dom(f
)
=
[

3
x2 5 (c) Dom(f 1 ) = Range(f ) = [0, ) and Range(f 1 ) = Dom(f ) =
[ 3 5, ).
2.4.20 f 1 = {(5, 10), (9, 7), (6, 0), (12, 8)}.
2.4.21 Only (1) and (2).
2.4.22 f (3) = 5.
(2.4.23 (a) Dom(f ) =[1, ) and
) (b) Suppose
Range(f ) = [0,
that 2
2
f (x1 ) = f (x2 ). That is, 4x1 + 4 = 4x2 + 4. Hence, ( 4x1 + 4) = ( 4x2 + 4) =
4x1 + 4 = 4x2 + 4 = 4x1 + 4 4 = 4x2 + 4 4 = 4x1 = 4x2 = x1 = x2 (c)
2
f 1 (x) = x 44 (d) Dom(f 1 ) = Range(f ) = [0, ) and Range(f 1 ) =
Dom(f ) = [1, ).

313
2.4.24 We have

f (g(x)) =f

3x + 1
x2

6x+2+x2
x2
= 3x+13x+6
x2


g(f (x)) =g

2x + 1
x3


=
=

3x+1
x2


3x+1
x2

+1

7x
=x
7

6x+3+x3
x3
= 2x+6+2x+1
x3

=
=

2x+1
x3


2x+1
x3

+1

7x
= x.
7

2.4.25 We have



x+2
f (g(x)) =f
=7
2=x+22=x
7
7x 2 + 2
7x
g(f (x)) =g(7x 2) =
=
= x.
7
7
x+2
7

2x2
2x1
= 75x
= x1 (7 5x2 ) =
2.4.26 Suppose f (x1 ) = f (x2 ). Then 75x
1
2
x2 (7 5x1 ) = 7x1 5x1 x2 = 7x2 5x1 x2 = 7x1 = 7x2 = x1 = x2 .
Hence, f is one-to-one. Dom(f ) = (, 75 ) ( 75 , ) and Range(f ) =
(, 25 ) ( 52 , ).

2.4.27 By the previous probem f is one-to-one so that f is invertible.

2y
2x
To find f 1 we proceed as follows y = 75x
= x = 75y
= 7x
7x
7x
1
5xy = 2y = y(5x + 2) = 7x = y = 5x+2 = f (x) = 5x+2 . Finally,
Dom(f 1 ) = Range(f ) = (, 52 )( 52 , ) and Range(f 1 ) = Dom(f ) =
(, 75 ) ( 57 , ).

314
2.4.28

2.4.29 (a) f 1 (1) = 2 (b) f 1 (0) = 2 (c) f 1 (4) = 0.

2.4.30

ANSWER KEY

315

Section 2.5
2.5.1 (C).
2.5.2 (B).
2.5.3 3.
2.5.4 3.
2.5.5 The set Z of all integers.
2.5.6 Dom(f ) = (, ) and Range(f ) = (, 4].
2.5.7 Dom = [0, 4] and Range = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
2.5.8 Dom = [0, 4] and Range = [0, 1) [2, 3) [4, 5) [6, 7) {8}.
2.5.9

316

ANSWER KEY

2.5.10

2.5.11

2.5.12
x
f (x)

-1 0 1 1.9 2
3
1 0 1 3.61 1 1

317
2.5.13

2.5.14

2.5.15

318

ANSWER KEY

2.5.16
x
bxc
dxe
2.5.17

2.5.18

3
3
3

1.5 0 1.5 2
2
0 2
1
1
0 1
2

319
2.5.19

2.5.20


C(x) =

60
0 x 450,
60 + 0.35(60 x)
x > 450.

2.5.21

C(x) =

0.035x
0 x 9000,
0.035(9000) + 0.06(x 9000)
x > 9000.

2.5.22


f (x) =

x
4

+ 2 x < 4,
1
x 4.

2.5.23 (a) f (1) = 40 + 100 = 140 (b) f (5) = 220 (c) f (9) = 80(9) + 860 =
140 (d) f (11) = 60.
2.5.24 (a) f (2) = 2 (b) f (3) = 1.

320

ANSWER KEY

2.5.25

2.5.26 The domain is [6, 8) and the range is [2, 6].

2.5.27 Z.
2.5.28


f (x) =

4x 6 x 2,
2x + 6 x < 2.

2.5.29 The graph of bxc shows that as x moves toward 2 from the right, bxc
approaches the number 2. If x approaches 2 from the left, bxc approaches
the number 1.
2.5.30

2 x > 2,
3 x = 2,
sgn(x) =

4 x < 2.

321

Section 2.6
2.6.1

a1
a2
a3
a4
a5

=3(1) + 2 = 5
=3(2) + 2 = 8
=3(3) + 2 = 11
=3(4) + 2 = 14
=3(5) + 2 = 17.

a1
a2
a3
a4
a5

=2
=1
=3(2) 1 = 5
=3(1) 5 = 2
=3(5) + 2 = 17.

2.6.2

2.6.3 {1, 1}.

2.6.4 an = 2(n 1) + 1, n 1.
2.6.5 an = rn1 a1 .
2.6.6

n(n1)
.
2

2.6.7

n(n1)
.
2

2.6.8 3 + n(n + 1).

2.6.9 32 n(n + 1).
2.6.10 2n 1.

322

2.6.11

ANSWER KEY

3n 1
.
2

2.6.12 3 2n 3.
2.6.13

3n 1
.
2

2.6.14 C = 1 and D = 1. Hence, an = 2n 1. In particular, a3 = 7.

2.6.15 C = 1 and D = 2. Hence, an = 2n 2. In particular, a3 = 6.
2.6.16 64.
2.6.17 30.
2.6.18 a1 = 1; a2 = 2; a3 = 6; a4 = 24; a5 = 120.
2.6.19 na.
2.6.20

n(n+1)(2n+1)
6

+ 6n(n + 1) + 9n.

2.6.21 {0, 2}.

2.6.22

P6

k1 k
2 .
k=1 (1)

2.6.23

10,000
1
a10,000 = 1 +
2.718
10, 000

100,000
1
a100,000 = 1 +
2.718
100, 000

1,000,000
1
a1,000,000 = 1 +
2.718.
1, 000, 000

n
We conclude that 1 + n1 e for large values of n.
2.6.24 34.

323
2.6.25 an = n!.
2.6.26 5n(n + 1).
2.6.27 2.
2.6.28 153.
2.6.29 27.
2.6.30 2.6 ft.

324

ANSWER KEY

Section 2.7
2.7.1 15 .
2.7.2 6.
2.7.3 (a) 1 (b)
2.7.4

2
5

(c) 21 .

.
( x+h1+ x1)

1
2.7.5 (x+h1)(x1)
.

2.7.6 2 m/s.
2.7.7 75 ft/hr.
2.7.8

15
7

lb/year.

2.7.9 A =

2.

2.7.10 60 mi/hr.
2.7.11 (a) The graph is increasing on [5, 8] and decreasing on [0, 5]. It is
concave up on [0, 8] and is concave down nowhere.
(b) 300 wolves per year.
(c) The percentage change in the population from 2007 to 2008 is
P (2008) P (2007)
700 400
=
= 75%.
P (2007)
400
 
2.7.12 (a) On 0, 12 , the average velocity is
s(1/2) s(0)
= 2.55 m/s.
1/2
On

1


,
1
, the average velocity is
2
s(1) s(1/2)
= 2.35 m/s.
1/2

325
(b) In the time interval from t = 0 to t = 1/2, the ball is rising, but from
t = 1/2 to t = 1 it has fallen.
2.7.13 4.467 million acres per year.
2.7.14 concave up.
2.7.15 The average rate of change is constant.
2.7.16 concave up.
2.7.17 concave down.
2.7.18 concave up on [1,3] and [4, 5] and concave down on [3, 4].
2.7.19 2.
2.7.20 4.
2.7.21 2a + x.
2.7.22 (a) 30 (b) 2.6% (c) 83 .
2.7.23 $1 per unit.
2.7.24 2 ft/s.
2.7.25 670 m2 /min.
2.7.26 Negative.
2.7.27 Concave down.
2.7.28 (a) 1 (b) 1.
2.7.29 (a) (, 1] (b) [1, ).

326
2
2.7.30 (a+h)(a)
.

ANSWER KEY

327

Section 3.1
3.1.1 slope= 2, xintercept=

7
2

and yintercept= 7.

3.1.2 (a) The slope is 0.75 dollar per hundred widgets. Since the slope
is negative, the price decreases as the number of items bought by consumers
increases. You could also say that the cheaper the item, the greater the demand.
(b) The pintercept is p = $54. Since q = 0, consumers will buy no widgets
54
= 72. Since price is 0,
when the price is $54. The qintercept is q = 0.75
7200 widgets could be given away for free.
3.1.3 (a) The slope is 78 students/year (b) This means that the enrollment
of the college is increasing by about 78 students per year (c) 2936 students.
3.1.4 y = 23 x + 3.
3.1.5 y = 2x + 13.
3.1.6 y = 6x 9.
3.1.7 y = 13 x + 43 .
3.1.8 m = 29 and b = 5.
3.1.9 m = 0 and b = 2.
3.1.10 C(x) = 600x + 7, 000.
3.1.11 P (75) = 100. A loss of $100 (b) P (150) = 1400.

328
3.1.12

3.1.13

3.1.14 (a) C(q) = 25q + 10, 000 (b)

3.1.15 x + 2y 7 = 0.

ANSWER KEY

329

3.1.16 3x 2y + 1 = 0.
3.1.17 (b)
3.1.18 (a)
3.1.19 f (n) = 75, 000 + 700n.
3.1.20 F = 95 C + 32.
3.1.21 y = 8x + 51.
3.1.22 y = 2x 4.
3.1.23 y = 1.
3.1.24 x = 3.
3.1.25 (a) y = 0 (b) x = 0.
3.1.26 C(x) = 175 + 35x.
3.1.27 (a) f (x) = 300x + 1200.
(b) The domain of f is [0, 4] since at 4 years the computer will be worth
nothing and past four years f becomes negative which does not make sense.
3.1.28 50.065 ft; 5.83 F.
3.1.29 The slope is 5 and the yintercept is 3.5.
3.1.30 f (x) = 2x + 4.

330

ANSWER KEY

Section 3.2
3.2.1 y = 13 x 25 .
3.2.2 (a) Parallel (b) Perpendicular (c) Neither (d) Perpendicular.
3.2.3 (3, 4).
3.2.4 Lines are parallel.
3.2.5 Lines coincide.
3.2.6 y = 52 x + 28.
3.2.7 y = 92 x + 27.
3.2.8 x =

53
,
29

y=

118
.
29

3.2.9 (E).
3.2.10 y = 12 x 1.
3.2.11 y = 43 x

25
.
3

3.2.12 (3, 1).

3.2.13 (1) (E) (2) (F) (3) (D) (4) (C) (5) (B) (6) (A).
3.2.14 c = 25 .
3.2.15 m = 3 and b = 1.
3.2.16 y = 25.
3.2.17 y = 32 x + 4.
3.2.18 (7, 9).

331
3.2.19 x = 3.
3.2.20

2.

3.2.21 x = 2 and y = 1.
3.2.22 x = 3 and y = 2.
3.2.23 y = 34 x 29 .
3.2.24 m1 = m2 = 52 .
3.2.25 y = 15 x 2.
3.2.26 0.
3.2.27 mAB = 41 ; mAC = 32 ; mBC = 1.
3.2.28 y = 3x + 5.
3.2.29 x = 4 and y = 3.
3.2.30 The two lines are perpendicular.

332

Section 3.3
3.3.1 (1, 4).
3.3.2 4.
3.3.3 (2, 11), a global maximum.
3.3.4

3.3.5

ANSWER KEY

333
3.3.6

3.3.7

3.3.8 7.
3.3.9 25 .
3.3.10 $500.
3.3.11 A square with side 100 with area 10,000 ft2 .
3.3.12 (a) (2, 1) (b) x = 2 (c) no xintercept by yintercept equals to

334

ANSWER KEY

5.

3.3.13 x =

1250
32

ft.

3.3.14 3.5 and 3.5

3.3.15 The projectile hits the ground after 25 seconds. The maximum altitude achieved by the projectile is 2500 ft.
3.3.16 y = 2 x +

3 2
2

29
.
2

3.3.17 y = 79 (x 4)2 + 5.
3.3.18 f (x) = 2x2 + 5x 2.
3.3.19 3.
3.3.20 2.
3.3.21 $2,000.
3.3.22 320t2 25.
3.3.23 57x x2 .

335
3.3.24 2

2<t<2+

2.

3.3.25 x = 8 and x = 32 .
3.3.26

5
3

10
.
3

3.3.27 y = 3(x + 2)2 + 4.

3.3.28 The axis of symmetry is x = 3 and the vertex is (3, 1).
3.3.29 (a) 0.5 seconds (b) 484 ft (c) 30.25 seconds.
3.3.30 (a) 1 i (b)
3.3.31 (a) 41

6
i
2

1
19

95
i.
12

(b) 13

5
i.
3

3.3.32 (a) z = 3i (b) x = 2 i.

3.3.33 3 21 i.

336

ANSWER KEY

Section 3.4
3.4.1 The leading term is 3. The constant term is 10 and the degree
is 4.
3.4.2 f as x and f as x .
3.4.3 The zeros are: 4, 1, 0, 2.
3.4.4 (a) (1) f (x) as x (2) even degree (3) Two real zeros.
(b) (1) f (x) as x and f (x) as x (2) odd degree
(3) One real zeros.
(c) (1) f (x) as x (2) even degree (3) No real zeros.
3.4.5 Since the degree is 7, the end behaviour act in an opposite way. Thus,
the smallest number of real zeros is 1. By the fundamental theorem of algebra, the largest number of real zeros is 7.
3.4.6 f (x) as x .

3.4.7 x = 5 and x = 1.
3.4.8 4x3 2x2 x + 2.
3.4.9 1, 0, 2.
3.4.10 2x3 + 8x2 + 22x 60.
3.4.11 No.
3.4.12 x = 9 is of multiplicity 2 and x = 3 is of multiplicity 3.
3.4.13 x4 + 18x3 + 71x2 180x 810.
3.4.14 f (x) =

5
(x
16

3.4.15 2, 1, 1, 2.

+ 4)(x + 2)(x 2)(x 4).

337

3.4.16 (a) and (d).

3.4.17 (a) curve not continuous (b) curve is not smooth (sharp point) (c)
polynomial function (d) polynomial function.
3.4.18 x = 2 is of multiplicity 2 and x = 2 is of multiplicity 1.
3.4.19 g(x) = 4(x + 3)3 7.
3.4.20 The volume is V (x) = x(16 2x)(20 2x). The domain is [0, 8].
3.4.21 Since f (0) = 2 < 0 and f (2) = 14 > 0, the intermediate value
theorem guarantees the existence a real zero between 0 and 2.
3.4.22

3.4.23

338
3.4.24

3.4.25

3.4.26

ANSWER KEY

339
3.4.27

3.4.28 When a polynomial has odd degree its end behavior move in an opposite directions. By the intermediate value theorem, the graph must cross
the xaxis.
3.4.29 5, 2, 5.
3.4.30 w = 1.78, l = 3.56, h = 2.66.

340

Section 3.5
3.5.1 q(x) = 3x 3 and r(x) = 7 2x.
3.5.2 q(x) = 2x2 + x + 1 and r(x) = x2 x 2.
3.5.3 q(x) = 3x2 + 4x 1 and r(x) = 4x + 4.
3.5.4 q(x) = 3x 6 and r(x) = x + 2.
3.5.5 q(x) = 2x2 3 and r(x) = x + 6.
3.5.6 q(x) = 0 and r(x) = x3 + x2 4.
3.5.7 q(x) = 2x + 3 and r(x) = 8x + 10.
3.5.8 q(x) = 2x2 + 5x + 1 and r(x) = 20x.
3.5.9 q(x) = x2 2x + 2 and r(x) = 0.
3.5.10 q(x) = 5x2 34 and r(x) = 2x2 + 63x + 1.
3.5.11 45.
94
.
3.5.12 81

3.5.13 k = 1.
3.5.14 127.
3.5.15 f (4) = 0.
3.5.16 c = 42.
3.5.17 c = 8.
3.5.18 f (1) = 21 6= 0.

ANSWER KEY

341
3.5.19 f (5) = 0.
3.5.20 The zeros of f are :2, 12 , 3.
3.5.21 Let f (x) = x3 3x2 + 3x 2. Using synthetic division, we find
1
2
1

Since f (2) = 0, 2 is a solution to the given equation.

94
3.5.22 81
.

3.5.23 127.
3.5.24 q(x) = 3x2 6x + 6 and r(x) = 0.
3.5.25 q(x) = 3x2 5x 2 and r(x) = 8.
3.5.26 41 .
3.5.27 4, 1, 3.
3.5.28 6, 1, 1.
3.5.29 1, 31 , 25 .
3.5.30 2.

342

ANSWER KEY

Section 4.1
4.1.1 (a) Dom(f ) = (, 0) (0, ).
(b) f (x) 0 as x . Hence, y = 0 is the horizontal asymptote.
(c) x = 0 is the vertical asymptote.
(d) No intercepts.
(e) The graph is

4.1.2 Solution.
(a) Dom(f ) = (, 3) (3, ).
(b) f (x) 0 as x . Hence, y = 0 is the horizontal asymptote.
(c) x = 3 is the vertical asymptote.
(d) No xintercepts. y = 32 is the yintercept.
(e) The graph is

343

4.1.3 (a) Dom(f ) = (, 1) (1, ).

(b) f (x) 0 as x . Hence, y = 0 is the horizontal asymptote.
(c) x = 1 is the vertical asymptote.
(d) No xintercepts. y = 3 is the yintercept.
(e) The graph is

4.1.4 (a) Dom(f ) = (, 1) (1, 1) (1, ).

(b) f (x) 0 as x . Hence, y = 0 is the horizontal asymptote.
(c) x = 1 are the vertical asymptotes.
(d) (0, 0) is the only intercept.
(e) The graph is

344

ANSWER KEY

4.1.5 (a) Dom(f ) = (, 1) (1, ).

(b) f (x) 3 as x . Hence, y = 3 is the horizontal asymptote.
(c) x = 1 is the vertical asymptote.
(d) (0, 0) is the only intercept.
(e) The graph is

4.1.6 (a) Dom(f ) = (, ).

(b) f (x) 0 as x . Hence, y = 0 is the horizontal asymptote.
(c) No vertical asymptotes.
(d) yintercept at y = 4.
(e) The graph is

4.1.7 (a) Dom(f ) = (, 1) (1, ).

(b) f (x) 2 as x . Hence, y = 2 is the horizontal asymptote.

345
(c) x = 1 is the vertical asymptote.
(d) (0, 1) and ( 12 , 0).
(e) The graph is

4.1.8 (a) Dom(f ) = (, ).

(b) f (x) 32 as x . Hence, y =
(c) No vertical asymptotes.
(d) (0, 0).
(e) The graph is

2
3

is the horizontal asymptote.

4.1.9 (a) Dom(f ) = (, 1) (1, ).

2
(b) f (x) (x 2) = x+1
0 as x . Hence, y = x 2 is the oblique
asymptote.

346

ANSWER KEY

(c) x = 1 is the vertical asymptote.

(d) (0, 0), (1, 0)
(e) The graph is

4.1.10 y = 2x.
4.1.11 f (x) =

2x+3
.
x+1

4.1.12 x = 1 and x = 2.
4.1.13 y = 32 .
4.1.14 f (x) =

1
.
x2 +x2

4.1.15 y = 0.
4.1.16 (, 3) (3, 2) (2, ).
4.1.17 y = 31 .
4.1.18 y = x2 .
4.1.19 (, 1) (1, ).
4.1.20 (, 4) (4, 0) (0, 2) (2, ).

347

4.1.21 5, 2, 5.
4.1.22 y = 52 .
4.1.23 y = 0.
4.1.24 y = 5x + 11.
4.1.25 5, 2, 5.
4.1.26

4.1.27

348

4.1.28

4.1.29 (a) 4.88 mg/dl (b) 10 hours later.

4.1.30 (a) 15 insects (b) 608 insects (c) 100 months later.

ANSWER KEY

349

Section 4.2
4.2.1

A1
(s1)3

4.2.2

A1 s+A2
s2 +16

B1
.
s2

4.2.3

A1 s+A2
(s2 +1)2

A3 s+A4
s2 +1

4.2.4

A1
(s2)2

A2
s2

4.2.5

3s+6
s2 +3s

2
s

1
.
s+3

4.2.6

s2 +1
s(s+1)2

4.2.7

2s3
(s1)(s2)

4.2.8

4s2 +s+1
s(s2 +1)

1
s

4.2.9

s2 +6s+8
(s2 +4)2

1
s2 +4

A2
(s1)2

+
1
s

B1
(s+4)2

1
s1

1
.
s2

3s
s2 +1

6s
(s2 +4)2

1
4(s+2)

4.2.11

s2 +6s+11
(s+1)2 (s+2)

4.2.12

1
(s1)2 (s2)

1
= s1

4.2.13

6
s(s2 +9)

2
3s

B2
.
s+4

1
.
s2 +1

1
(s+2)s2

B2
.
s2

B1 s+B2
.
s2 +8s+17

4.2.10

B1
(s2)2

2
.
(s+1)2

A3
s1

3
s+2

1
4s

4
.
(s2 +4)2

1
.
2s2

2
s+1

6
.
(s+1)2

1
(s1)2

1
.
s2

2s
.
3(s2 +9)

A1
A2
A3
+1
Ax+B
4.2.14 (a) xx5 +4x
3 = x + x2 + x3 + x2 +4 .
A1
A2
A3
A4
1
(b) (x2 9)
2 = x3 + (x3)2 + x+3 + (x+3)2 .
6

A1
A2
A3
+1
At +Bt+C
4.2.15 (a) tt6 +t
.
3 = t + t2 + t3 +
t3 +1
5
5
A1
A2
x +1
x +1
(b) (x2 x)(x4 +2x2 +1) = x(x1)(x2 +1)2 = x + x1 +

4.2.16

2
2x2 +3x+1

4.2.17

4y 2 7y12
y(y+2)(y3)

4
2x+1

2
y

2
.
x+1

9 1
5 y+2

1 1
.
5 y3

Ax+B
x2 +1

Cx+D
.
(x2 +1)2

350

ANSWER KEY

1
= u+1
+

2
.
u+2

4.2.18

u
(u+1)(u+2)

4.2.19

3x37
x2 3x4

4.2.20

4x2
(x1)(x2)2

4.2.21

9x+25
(x+3)2

4.2.22

4x3 3x+5
x2 2x

4.2.23

2x3
x3 +x

4.2.24

2x3 +5x1
(x+1)3 (x2 +1)2

4.2.25

x
(x2 +1)(x2 +2)

4.2.26

x2 +1
x3 6x2 +11x6

4.2.27

x+3
(x+5)(x2 +4x+5)

4.2.28

x4 +2x3 +6x2 +20x+6

x3 +2x2 +x

4.2.29

2x4 +4x3 +x2 +4x+1

x5 +x4 +x3 +x2 +x

4.2.30

3x2 3x8
(x5)(x2 x+4)

13 1
6 x5

8
x+1

4
x1

9
x+3

5
.
x4

16
.
(x2)2

2
.
(x+3)2
51
2x

= 4x + 8

= x3 +

3x+2
.
x2 +1
A
x+1

B
(x+1)2

1
x2 +1

1
.
x2 +2

=
=

31 1
.
2 x2

1
x1

5
x2

C
(x+1)3

Dx+E
x2 +1

5
.
x3

1 1
5 x+5

=x+

6
x

1
x+1

9
.
(x+1)2

1
x2

2
x+1

x1
.
x2 +1

3
x

1
x+4
.
5 x2 +4x+5

1 5x+20
.
6 x2 x+4

F x+G
.
(x2 +1)2

351

Section 5.1
5.1.1 The initial value is b = 0.75 and the growth factor is a = 0.2.
5.1.2 P (t) = 40, 000(1.06)t and P (4) $50, 499.08.
5.1.3 (a) Initial dose given is A(0) = 25 mg (b) r = 0.15 so that 15%
of the drug leaves the body each hour (c) A(10) 4.92 mg.
5.1.4 $44,816.89.
5.1.5 5.127%
5.1.6 (A)
5.1.7 (C)
5.1.8 (B)
5.1.9 4
5.1.10 2.639
5.1.11 (C)
5.1.12 y = 3.
5.1.13 xaxis.
5.1.14

352

5.1.15 19 .
5.1.16 $25,937.42.
5.1.17 e2x 3ex 4.
5.1.18 8244.
5.1.19

5.1.20 e2x e2x .

5.1.21 (a), (c) and (d).
5.1.22 f (t) = 80e0.4581t and f (8) 3124 bacteria.

ANSWER KEY

353
5.1.23

5.1.24 y = 2.
5.1.25 $2,208.04.
5.1.26 145,192 people.
5.1.27

5.1.28 The first option is the better investment.

5.1.29 x = 1.

354

5.1.30 y = 3ex 3.

ANSWER KEY

355

Section 5.2
5.2.1 log 1b = log 1 log b = 0 log b = log b.
5.2.2 2 log x + 3 log y + 5 log z.
5.2.3 logx e = .
5.2.4

= x.

5.2.5 x = 4.
5.2.6 (, 1) (0, ).
5.2.7 k =
5.2.8

2.

356
5.2.9

5.2.10

5.2.11

ANSWER KEY

357

5.2.12 2 < x < 1.

5.2.13

b.

5.2.14

2
.
125

5.2.15 a + 4b .
5.2.16 2 ln x + 13 ln (1 x) 2 ln (x + 1) + ln 5 2 ln 2.
5.2.17 2 ln (x 1).
5.2.18 42.
5.2.19 3.075.
5.2.20 0.
5.2.21 y =

1

C 3x2 +1 2
x

5.2.22 2.523 days.

1

5.2.23 ln (1 + hx ) h ).
5.2.24 logx b.
5.2.25 $7,875.00
5.2.26 $1,069,047.14.
5.2.27 k = 3.
5.2.28 32.
5.2.29 loga

x2 (x+y)
.
y3

358
5.2.30 3.
5.2.31 log5 2.
5.2.32 16.

ANSWER KEY

359

Section 5.3
5.3.1

1
.
12e4

5.3.2 ln


1+ 17
.
4

5.3.3 1
5.3.4

2.

41.

5.3.5 No solutions.
5.3.6

1+ 5
.
2

5.3.7 2.
5.3.8 x = 0.
5.3.9 No real solutions.
5.3.10 6.
5.3.11 1426.
5.3.12 No solutions.
5.3.13 No solutions.
5.3.14 2.
5.3.15 log 5 225.
3

5.3.16 1.765.
5.3.17 x = 2 and x = 5.
5.3.18 x =

17
.
10

360

ANSWER KEY

5.3.19 x = 1.
5.3.20 x = log 3 4.
4

5.3.21 No solutions.
5.3.22 x =

ln 2
.
2

5.3.23 x = 3 and x = 9.
5.3.24 x = ln42 .
5.3.25 x = 2.
5.3.26 x =

11 ln 35 ln 7
.
2 ln 34 ln 7

5.3.27 The interval of solution is [3, ).

5.3.28 6.76 years.
5.3.29 x = 1 or x = e2 .
5.3.30 26.3.

Index
nth partial sum, 156

continuous growth rate, 252

Continuous model, 86
Critical value method, 46
Critical values, 46

Absolute value, 34
Absolute value equations, 40
Absolute value function, 142
Algebraic expression, 24
Annual effective interest rate, 252
Arithmetic sequence, 155
Augmented matrix, 56
Axis of symmetry, 200
Base, 248
Cartesian system, 66
Ceiling function, 142
Change of base formula, 266
Coefficients of a polynomial, 207
Common logarithm, 261
Complete square, 25
Completing the square method, 36
Complex conjugate, 79
Complex number, 77
Composite number, 8
Composition, 102
Concave down, 167
Concave up, 167
Consistent, 54
Constant term, 207
Continuous, 208
Continuous coumpound interest, 252
Continuous growth rate, 251

Decay, 247
Decomposition, 103
Decreasing function, 103
Degree of a polynomial, 207
Demand function, 182
Dependent system, 54
Dependent variable, 86
Difference of two squares, 24
Difference quotients, 101
Discrete model, 86
Discriminant, 197
Disjoint sets, 7
Distance formula, 67
Domain, 90
Doubling time, 265
Element of a set, 4
Elementary echelon form, 57
Elementary row operations, 56
Empty set, 4
Equivalent systems, 56
Even function, 112
Expanding, 24
Exponential equations, 270
Exponential function, 248
Factor theorem, 220

361

362
Factoriel, 161
Factoring, 26
Fibonacci sequence, 154
Finite sequence, 154
Floor function, 143
Fractional part function, 150
Function, 86
Function notation, 86
Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic,
13
General form of a circle, 72
General term, 154
Geometric sequence, 159
Greatest common factor, 26
Growth factor, 248
Half-life, 265
Homogeneous system, 56
Horizontal asymptote, 228
Horizontal compression, 119
Horizontal line test, 130
Horizontal stretch, 119
Imaginary part, 77
Inconsistent, 54
Increasing function, 103
Independent system, 54
Independent variable, 86
Index of summation, 155
Infinite sequence, 154
Initial value, 248
Input, 86
Intersection of sets, 7
Intervals, 34
Inverse function, 131
Irrational number, 5
Leading coefficient, 207

INDEX
Leading coefficient test, 208
Least common multiple, 14
Like terms, 24
Linear equation, 34, 54
Linear function, 176
Linear system, 54
Logarithmic equations, 270
Long division, 218
Mathematical model, 86
Method of Elimination, 54
Midpoint formulas, 68
Mixed fractions, 18
Multiplicity of a root, 210
Natural logarithm, 261
Natural numbers, 4
Newtons Law of Cooling, 253
Non-homogeneous system, 56
Oblique asymptote, 229
Odd function, 113
One-to-one, 130
Output, 86
Parabola, 196
Parameter, 55
Parametric equations, 55
Partial fractions, 237
Partial fractions decomposition, 237
Percent growth rate, 248
Piecewise-defined functions, 142
Point-slope form, 180
Polynomials, 207
Population growth, 246
Prime, 8
Prime factorization, 13
Proper subset, 6
Proportion, 12

INDEX
Purely imaginary, 77
Quadrant, 66
Quadratic equation, 35
Quadratic formula, 37, 197
Quadratic function, 196
Quotient, 218
Range, 90
Rational equation, 39
Rational function, 228
Rational inequality, 47
Rational numbers, 12
Rational root test, 222
Real line, 33
Real number, 6
Real part, 77
Recursive sequence, 154
Relative complement, 10
Remainder, 218
Remainder theorem, 219
Repeating decimal, 5
Root, 35
Sequence, 154
Set, 4
Set-builder form, 4
Signum function, 152
Simplest form, 14
Slope, 178
Slope-intercept form, 180
Smooth curve, 208
Solution of a system, 54
Solution set, 45
Solving a system, 54
Standard form of a circle, 71
straight-line depreciation, 178
Subset, 5
Subtraction, 15

363
Summation notation, 155
Superset, 5
Tabular form, 4
Test value, 46
Union of sets, 6
Venn diagram, 5
Vertex, 199
Vertex form, 200
Vertical asymptote, 230
Vertical compression, 117
Vertical line test, 88
Vertical stretch, 117
Zero product property, 35